Transcripts
1. Course Presentation - Video editing in DaVinci Resolve: If you are completely new to the Vinty resolve and you want to master this powerful software, you have come to the perfect place for you. Welcome. My name is Aurelio. I'm a DaVinci resolve instructor and this is the most in-depth course about video editing in DaVinci resolve that you can find. Why is this the most in-depth course? Because you will learn all the features of the software with very good examples that you can follow along easily. Because I will teach you the most important keyboard shortcuts to speed up your workflow. To continue, you have your lessons that you are aiming to make you master DaVinci resolve and feel comfortable editing great videos with it. I'm not an Adobe guy adventure in DaVinci resolve. I'm a real DaVinci resolve instructor with more than six years of experience in the software and more than 15 years of experience in video editing, and this course is not only the most in-depth, it's also the most beginner friendly that you will find. I will explain all the concepts and steps needed for you to accomplish the proposed editing easily. And that's not enough for me. I will make available for you more than 250 media to make the editing with me throughout the course, including videos, music, sound effects, and overlays. We are going to have many projects to make together. And also guided exercises are types of exercises designed by me to help you fix even more than knowledge taught in the course. You are in touch with the first part of the course that covers all about video editing. DaVinci resolve everything in detail and with the best teaching. With the third days money back guarantee and the audience benefits, there are no reasons to not enroll now and start learning video editing in DaVinci resolve with me. So click the button in the row now and I hope you in the first lesson.
2. Welcome and how to download DaVinci Resolve 19: Welcome to my Adventure
Resolve course in the Adventure Resolve course. This is our course
about DaventRsolve. I'm very happy that you
are here learning with me. I hope you like the
lessons of this course, and that you go
with me throughout the entire course to
master DaventRsolve. And if you have any doubt
about any of the lessons, please make a question here in the Q&A section of the course, that will be very happy to help you answering with my best. So let's go. Let's start
with the first thing we need to get DaventRsv
running to start our course. That is to download and
install the software. To do this, you
can Google Daventu five or I will put
in the resources of the lesson a link to the
official download page. And here, if Google
Advent Resolve. The first page that appears is the DaventResv page for Download and the Black
Magic Design site. That is the developer
of the software. So you click here
to go to the page. That is the page. We will
go here to this part. We have those two options, and this one is to buy the
license of DaventRsvTog. That is the paid
version of Daventsv. It has the studio in the naming
and here in this button, we can download both the
free and the paid version. Here we buy the license, here we download
the Daventsving. We'll click here because
we will learn it in the free version of Daventsvn that's already very powerful. By clicking here,
we open this window this side we have the
DaventResv studio, and the number of the version, the stable version
in the moment. So if you have bought the
licensee of DaventResv Studio, you can download this option. Here in this side you
have the free version of DaventRsv we can choose
our operational system. Here I have windows
and by clicking here, we go to the other screen where you need to make
some registration then you go under here and click in this button to
download the DaventRsolv. And after the download, it's very simple to install. You click in next to every
time and go next and next, and don't see you are finished with the installation
of DaventRsolv, we can go to the next lesson to see the first screen
of DaventRsolv. They splashy screen
very very simple, so let's go to the next lesson.
3. Getting to know the DaVinci Resolve interface: Let's take this lesson the
first look into DaventRsolv. So when you open
Avent Resolving, you have for the first time this window that's
the project manager. Of course, you don't have
this bunch of things. You just have the
untitled project. Those are all our projects
that I have created, and when we have some projects, we can open it by double
clicking that project. And if you want to
create new projects, you go to the new
project button. We can put a name into
our project here. Let's say, first project, and we click Create. Can also open and entitle the project and
save it later with the traditional keyboard
shot cut Control S in Windows or
commands in the Mac. So let's create it here. Now we are into the main, the ventu is always screen. So let's understand
how it works here. Down here, we have all the pages that we need to make our works, and this page has
its own purpose. The first page is the
media page that have the purpose of importing
the organizing media. Also import and organize
media in other pages, but if you have a bunch
of media to work with, it's recommended that
you impart it here in the media page and you
organize it into here. After the media page, you have the Cutch
page where you can make a fast
assembly of your video. I don't have so much
resources to edit your video, like in the edit page, so the Cuch page is fit to
make fast and simple editing. In the edit page, like I said, it's the main edit page
where you make your editing with the main tools that the ventsv offers
you fusion page, we can make Advanced visual
effects and motion graphics. In the color page, the most famous
page of Dant Avi. We do color correction and color grading in Fairlight page. We can do Advanced
works with the audio. It's like a do digital
audio workstation and here in the deliver
page, the last page. We have all the options
to make the deliver of your video or to say better
to export your video, they have a final
file to distribute. So that is an overview of the Da ventureso pages and speaking some more about
the layout of Da ventures. You can see all the
pages that we have some tabs over here in the
left and in the right. Some of them like the media pool will be in most of the pages, and we will learn
much more details about those tabs
throughout the scurse. And of course, all
the panels and all the tools that we
have in each page.
4. Setting up your project and preferences: In this lesson, let's configure our project settings
and preferences. To go to the project settings, we go to the File
menu, and down here, we have project settings or
you can press Shift plus 90 or another way to go to the project settings is by going under here in
this little gear. Now we have opened the
project settings window, and the main configurations
that you need to do here is the timeline resolution. That is the resolution
of your video. The standard for
Internet nowadays is 1920 by 1080 or full ATG, or you can use the
awesome the tratG or four K. That is the double
of the full HG resolution. We use here the
full HG resolution. If you want a vertical
resolution for social media, for example, you can click here, use a vertical resolution. Now we have the opposite
of what we had before. We have 1080 by 1920, but by now will use a full HD with a
horizontal resolution. Here we have the
timeline frame rated. That is the frame per
second of our video. The standard for internag is 30. You can use up to 60 here, the venture is over three. We use third. The playback frame rate
is just the frame rate of the playback inside the
Daventsv here in the viewer. Now we go down here to configure our optimized media and the render cache
and our Px media. We have a section about Px
media and the rendered cache, all the details about that. But here we will just
configure it to use throughout our cars to make our media playback
more smoothly. So here in ProxmdiaRsolution, I will leaving the option,
choose automatically. In proximdia format, I
will put DNx HR eightQ. If you are on a Mac you have
also the option to use PRS. Those are the codec
that you have to choose to make the proximdia. Those two options over
here are not good options, the h264 and the 8265 because they tend to play not so smoothly
as the other ones. So we will choose G&XHR or PRs, and those options of
DNxHR are ordered from the most quality in the top to the less quality
in the bottom. But where we have
the most quality, we have the larger file size, and the one with less quality makes the smallest file size. So I will check here in DNx
HRHQ for a very good quality, not so big file size. I will make the same thing
for epitomized media, GNx HR HQ, and the same
thing for under Case. We hit save, and now we go
to the preferences menu. To make it, we go to the vent Resolving menu
and then preferences. Now in this window, we go to the user tab, so we go to Project
Save and load. And if you don't have it
checked the live save, you will check it
because it will save your project in every
change that you make. So hit save and we
are done for now. We have made the
configuration of our project, and every new timeline
that you create here now, we have the semi
options that you have put in the project
settings and to explain the timeline is the sequence of your final video so when
we have a time line, we export the timeline in the end and we will
have a video file. If you have ten time lines and you export those ten time lines, you will end up with ten
video files and so on. So the time lining is the
assembly of your video. And further on, you
will see how to create timelines and make the
assembly of your video.
5. Understanding the Media page interface: In this lesson,
let's take a look in the interface
of the media page. That is the first page, tempt media and organize them. First of all, we have
here the viewer, and this viewer is present in most of the pages
that we have here in DaventRsolv and also here in the media page where we can
see our media like a video, like a photo, like
an audio, and so on. Here in this side, we have the media storage panel
that is like an explorer where we can find in the disk our files to import to
our project to work with. We can navigate through
folders here we can even favorite our
favorite folders. Under here, we have this thing here that
is the media Po panel, which is very important because this is the
panel we are going to use to import our media
to work with in our project. When we import our media, it is always present
here in the media pool. The media Pool is
also present in most of the pages here
in the media page, in the cut page,
in the edit page, in the fusion page,
in the color page, and in the fat page. It is not present only
in the deliver page. So everything like a video, like a photo or an audio, you need to input here in the media pool to
work in your project. And the detail here about the media storage panel is that we can expand
it by clicking here, and we can shrink the panel
by clicking here again. Here we have other tabs to use like the
Audio tab where we have some meters to measure our audio levels and
do another works. We can open and
close it like this. We have the metadata tab where we can see and set the
metadata of our media. We have another very
important panel here that's called
the inspector. The inspector shows
all the parameters that we have in our media. You will do many works
in the inspector, like animations,
change parameters, compositions, and much more. When we have the inspector open, we can also shrink it to
the middle of the screen, as you can see, only the
upper part of the screen, or you can expand it like
in the Mij Storage panel. And then there is the overview of our media page interface, and we will start to work
with the media page in the next lessons to get a better understanding of the
features that we have here.
6. Importing your media: In this lesson, let's
see how we can import media inside DaventRsolv
to our project, to make our first assembly. That's an exciting
moment where we will start to have your media
inside your project, and so we can make our video. So we have many ways
to do this here to import our media
to the media Pooh. We can also import
our media inside other pages of DaventRsolv where the media Poo is present, like the cut page,
the edit page, the fusion page, the color page, and the Ferlch page. And if you don't have a bunch of media to import and organize, really recommend you to
import it on the other pages, like in the edit page, for example, that
will be much easier. You don't necessarily
need to go to the media page to import
and organize your media. But what is the
advantage of importing and organizing our media
here in the media page? One of the advantage
that we have here is that we have the
media storage panel, and so we don't need to open the exploiter of your
system to bring our media. Another advantage here is that we have the metadata panel. If you have a bunch of media, it is important to
put some metadata in our media to identify
and organize it, that will show you how to
do that in further lessons. Another advantage
that we have here in the media page is that we have the option to access
the favorites. It shows the favorite folders you have saved for easy access. So let's see how we can porch our media here
in the media page. I will go here and click
to expand this SSD. I will search for
this folder here where I have my media
in the Mia folder. And then we'll click in the
media folder to open it, and we have two options here. One option is to open
the folders to import our media like here in
the animals folder. We can select the
media that we want. To import to our media pool, let's say I want to import all media from the
animos folder, so I select the media and
drag them to the media pool. The first time you do that, the vent resolve will ask
you if you want to change the project frame rate to
match our media frame rate. It is a good idea to change it, so I will click in
the changing button. And now we have our media imported here inside
the media Pooh. So now under here
in the media Pooh, they are inside our project, and over here in the
media storage panel, they are not inside our project. I will show you soon the other option to import
media to the media Pooh. But first, let's
organize our media here, and to do this, we
will create bins. Let's take a look at the side. We have here, the master. The master is always here. That is the root of
our project bins, and we can create another
bins inside the master bin. To create another BM, we can click in an
empty space here on the left and click
on new Bin that is the only option that
we have here or you can use the keyboard charge
cut Control Shift N, or on the Mac command Shift N. I created a BM. I
can rename it now. If I click outside it, I can rename it by double
clicking here in the BIM or I can right click here and choose the option,
rename it Bin. Let's put the name
animals and hit Enter, you can see that your
media that you imported is not appearing here because you are inside the animal's bin. You need to go back to the master Bin to see
your imported media. You select all your media here, click the first, hold
down the Shift key, and click the last one. Now you drag the media
to the animal's bin. Now your media are
inside the animal's bin. The tumbnos are too
big here for me, I will click in this
slider and drag to the left to make it smaller. Or you can drag to the right to make the bigger if you want. I will leave it small by now. And now let's see the
other option that we have here to import the
media to our project. Instead of going
inside the folder and bring the media
directly to the master, we can just bring
the whole folder directly to the master, and now we have a bin
inside the master with the name of the folder and
with the same content inside. Now all the media that's
inside the audios folder are inside the audios beam
here in the media pool, and that is the sound
effects folder with the sound effects and the Musk
folder with tmusks inside. To recap, we can open the
folder here and import our media directly to the master bin or to
another beam that we have. Or we can import the complete folder we will have a bin with the same name of the folder with all the
media that's inside that folder to put a folder in the favorites
for easy access. We can write click here. I want to put this media
folder in the favorites, so I will write click here and choose the option add
folder to favorites. Now it's in the favorites here. If we don't have it open here, I can click in the media
folder here and now it's open. So as I have all the folders organized here to just
import to my project, I will click in the master Bn. I will select my folders,
the cars, journey, overlay, people, photos, professional organic
light leaks, syn cut detection,
sports, stabilization, subtitles, and green screen, and bring it directly
here to our master. And now I'm done importing
my media to the media pool, and I can start to work
with those media in the other pages like the
Cut page and the edit page.
7. Removing media from the media pool: Let's take a look in this lesson how we can remove media in the media pool and some aspects of the media pool here in DaVinci Resolve related to removing and changing media. So first thing, I will select these two media's Wavies 1 and Wavies 2 in the media storage panel and I will import it to my master bin here in the media pool. It's selected, I will drag it here and now it's imported in the media pool. When we delete a media here in the media pool, we are not deleting the media in the G-scan, we are just deleting the media from our project. That's because the media here in the media pool is just a reference to the media in the G-scan. So for example, to delete this media that I have just imported here, I select it in the media pool and I can press the delete button or the backspace button. Both keys work for deleting media. So I will press the delete button and I have deleted the Wavies 2 from my media pool. As you can see in the media storage panel, the Wavies 2 file is already here. It's not deleted, I can even double click it here and see it in our viewer. It was not deleted from our disk, I can even re-impart it by dragging it again. But take care in the other way if we delete something here in the media storage, we are really deleting the media from our disk. We won't have the media anymore. We cannot even delete the media by pressing the backspace key or the delete key here in the media storage. I will press the delete key here. It cannot delete this way, but we can delete the media by right clicking in the file and go to the option delete permanently. It says here permanently like an advice to us to let us know that you will delete it from our disk permanently like the name says. So take care. I will do it here now to show you what happens. The venture resolve also asks to us if we really want to delete this file from the disk and if we really want to, we go to delete and now the file is not in our disk anymore. Let's click it done and let's see what happened here. The media Wavies 2 that we have imported here to our media pool is not found anymore in the disk, so we don't have access to it to work in our project. If I double click here in the media, it says media offline. Media offline is a problem that happens every time that you don't have the right reference to our media in the media pool. For example, if I have it deleted the media like I like I have just did, it will say media offline. If I have it changed the media folder, we will have it the media offline too. And if we change the name of the media, it will say media offline too. For example, if I go to my explorer here and change this Wavie 1 media name like Wavies 21, I will go back to the venture resolve and my Wavies 1 is offline too, because now it can't find the media anymore. It's still loaded here in our viewer in some parts because it's loaded in the memory. But now the venture resolve will have some problem to access this media since the reference to it is Wavies 1.mp4 and in the disk in our folder, the name is other Wavies 21.mp4. And when this happens, we can do some things. One thing is to relink our media to make the right reference again and to do so I can right click in the media and go to replace selected clip. That's because I have changed the name of the clip so I will need to replace it by the clip with the right name. I will navigate here to course video editing the venture resolve folder. I will go to the media folder and here we have the Wavies 21. That's the same file but with different name, I will select it and now I have the media relinked here and it's not offline anymore. And another thing that we can do is to just delete those images that's offline and you re-import it. It was not offline anymore because I have replaced it already but if it was still offline, I could delete it and you re-import.
8. Previewing your media on the Media page: When you have our media imported here in the media pool, it's a good idea to watch what we have in our material that we will use it to work with to make our editings. And that's not just going to one clip like animals, selecting one and playing, because we have so many options here in Davin to resolve it to better preview our midi. So let's take a deeper look about the preview of our midi here in the midi page. First thing that you can do is to show midi from many bins at a time and to do so you can select those bins that you want to show the midi in the midi pool. Like this one animals I have already selected. And I want to select it drone for example, I hold ctrl and select it. And now we have the drone footage and the animals footage here. All a chance. I can hold ctrl and select cars for example. And we have the car footage, we have the animals footage and the drone footage. And when we want to see just a bin, we click not in the name here in the side in the bin and we see just the animals. To load a clip in the viewer, we just click in the clip. And to play we have those options like you guessed it, this one is to play forward, this one is to stop it and this one is to play in reverse. But we can also use keyboard shortcuts that we have here configured in Davin to resolve it. That's JKL. Take a look in your keyboard and you will see that JKL are all together and the J key plays reverse, the K key stops and the L key plays forward. Furthermore, we have the option to press the L or the J key to play in a different speed, not just in one time. For example, if I press one time the L key, I play forward in one time the speed, but if I press the L key two times, I can play two times the speed. But as you can see, it has ended the clip and the playback stopped, I can put the loop on and now I can press again in the K key to stop and the L key to play. And I can play two times the speed by pressing the L key again, I can press the L key again to play four times the speed and so on. Always double in the speed of my playback each time I press the L key. If I press again and again and again, I have 46 times and I can do the same thingy in reverse by pressing the J key two times in reverse, four times, eight times, 16 times and so on. You can also play in half time of the speed by holding the K key and pressing the L or the J key. So I'm holding the K key, I will press the L key and it plays half the speed. Another option that we have here in DaVinci Resolve is to go to these three dots and activate the live media preview, what it does. When we have the live media preview activated like you can see now, I can just hover the mouse cursor over the thumbnail of the videos and scrub it back and forth to see a preview of my video in the viewer. If I put my mouse over this one, I can see this one, if I put the mouse over this one, I can see this one and so on. I will disable my live media preview and just I think it's not possible to use the live media preview when we have our media shown in the list option. So if I put the live media preview, I cannot preview my media by hovering the mouse over the media name. So I need to be in the thumb mode to use the live media preview. And of course, you can use it to the space bar to play the video and the space bar again to stop the video. In this option that I have here, when I press the space bar and press again to stop the video, you can see that the play head goes to the last position that I have put it and it happens because right clicking here in the stop button, we have it this option. It's not enabled for you when you first open DaVinci, but you can go here and activate and this happens just when you use the space bar to play and to stop it. If I uncheck this option, I can press space bar and press again to stop it and it will stop where the video is playing now.
9. Improving the preview: In this lesson we will take a look in a common problem that we can have you when editing our videos that's the choppy playback especially if we have a high resolution video to play or to scrub it through like a 4k video and how we can deal with this problem. First thing I will close this media storage panel I don't need it anymore it has made it's work and let's watch this elephant walking video I will just scrub it by dragging the play edge back and forth as you can see I have not much problem here my computer scrubbing through this video it's a little choppy but not much that's because my CPU can handle well this video that's a full HD video like you can see by clicking this eye button when you put your mouse cursor over the video here we have some informations about the video like the resolution but if I go here to the people bin and I reload this video that's 4k video like we can see here not 4k it's higher than 4k video 4k is 3080 4 by 2160 this one is higher than 4k and if I scrub it through this video you can see it's very choppy I cannot see it smoothly let's say I click in this part it takes half a second to load this framing let's go to another part for example it took even longer to load this framing for example and that happens because we have a type of media coded in a codec that's very processor intensively and now to deal with this problem to make faster editing to make my video play smoother mainly when I scrub it through the video I can use a thing called proxy media so I will generate prox media here for my video and to do so I can select the media's that I want to make the prox media's so I will select all those media's and right click and I go to the option generate prox media just an advice before you do it the prox media's are media's that play much easier in your computer than the media in the codec h264 or h265 like the majority of media's that we have in the internet but the file size of the prox media is much larger than those that we have here something like 10 times bigger so you need to take care of the size of the files or to say we need to have a much disk space to create prox media and you need to manage it to do so you can go to the project settings and you go in the master settings down here in the bottom in working folders you will have where your prox media are being generated and you can go to this folder and manage your prox media the prox media that you don't use anymore you can delete from your disk to make more space so let's go let's create the prox media right click generate prox media and it goes in the process of generating prox media it can take some time and when it is done the prox media will be linked to your clips let's jump to the future and now Davinci is done generating the prox media and you can see here the PXY icon that indicates that those media's have the prox media linked to it so now by playing this media here in my viewer the prox media instead of the original media is the media that will play here so I can just scrub here and it will be much smoother now as you can see and now it will be much easier to play and to add to our videos with the prox media
10. Creating Subclips: In this lesson we will see how to create subclips and what is subclipping. Let's say we have a long scene from where we wanted to take some small parts of that long scene and make new clips from those parts. Those new clips is what we call the subclipping. So let's say for example let's go here to the sports bin. I will put in the list view so I can see many informations of the videos just right here and I will click here in the duration column to see the order add by duration. So here you have the smaller clipping duration and here in the engine I have the bigger clipping duration. I will click in this one to load it to the viewer and let's play this clip it selects some parts to make sub clips. Let's scrub it through it to be faster. So let's say I want to this part where the guy makes this stunt. So I will get here from this part. I will press the I key in the keyboard to mark an in point. As you can see here this is the in point and let's scrub it through it. I want it to end. Let's say here where the guy is staying fit again and I will press the O button to mark an out point. As you can see here this one is the out point and now I can just grab it just from the viewer to the media pool and place here and the new sub clipping window appears where I can put a name for this sub clip. Let's say breakdensey is stunt one and I will click create to create it and I will have here the breakdensey is stunt one. This one if I click to load it to the viewer I can see that it starts where I have put my in point and the end where I have put my out point. And let's make it again. Let's load this clip again. I will go forward here to this guy. Let's say I want the second stunt. So I will press the I button. I will scrub it to the guy go to his fit again. Let's say here and I will press the O button to mark the out point. So I will have the in point here and the out point here. I will drag it to the media pool. I will put the name breakdensey is stunt two present. I will have here the breakdensey is stunt two. So that's the way that we have to create sub clips here in the media page of the DaVinci Resolve. We can extract parts of clips to make new clips with just the parts that interests us.
11. Scene cut detection: In this lesson let's see what's Scene Cut detection and how we can do it. So first of all I will close this Smart Bins panel because we don't need it by now. We'll use it soon. And to make this I will go to these three dots in the media pool and choose it to uncheck the show Smart Bins option. Now we have more space here in the left. I will go to the master. I will right click here in the master to create a Scene Cut detection bin. I will go to the new bin. Here it is with the name bin18 and it's ready to be renamed. So I will put Scene Cut detection. Enter. I will open the media storage panel again. I will import new media with the Scene Cut detection feature. I will click in this media favorite folder that I have put in the favorites earlier to access my media. And here we have the Scene Cut detection clip that's already in the resources that I have put in the first lesson of this class. So let's click in it to load it in the viewer and let's scrub through this clip to see what we have here. We have just a first scene here and we have a Scene Cut. Another scene. Let's scrub through it to find another scene. And we have here another Scene Cut. One scene and the other scene. Here we have not a Scene Cut but just a zoom that I have made in this clip. So technically it's not really a Scene Cut for us. Let's scrub it more. We have another Scene Cut here. Another scene. And we have just this. So what's Scene Cut detection? Let's say we want not to just import this clip as it is but we want to import each scene separately. How can we do that? We can do it with the Scene Cut detection. But how can we do it? Let's see in the next lesson.
12. Adding metadata: Let's see in this lesson how we can use metadata and how to patch how to insert metadata in our media and why it can be very useful for our work. I will close the media storage panel, you don't need it anymore, and I will close this side of the media pool to make more space here. I will patch the thumbnail mode on, because I will use the live media preview as you will see. So now the metadata is the data about our media, it can be a description of our media, we can be the can that we used, we can be many things that describes our media or that delivers us an information about the media, and we can use it each to search our media with filters and to organize better our project. So I have activated here the live media preview, I will need it to review my media, and let's say I want to patch a description for each video here, for example with this girl, let's say it's a move that we are editing, and this girl is a character of our moving, so let's use the live media preview to search through our media in every clip that this girl is. I can even make bigger our thumbnails to see it better, I can see she's here, here, here, here, here, and here again, if I have an doubt I can use the live media preview to patch my mouse over the clip, hover over it, and I can see the girl is there again. Now I will put the metadata identifying that those clips have this girl on, and to do that I will open this metadata panel, it says nothing to inspect because I have not selected any clip yet, so I will select this first one for example, and for you you will see probably this information here, the clip details, these ones are metadata that's already in the clip, like the start time code, the end time code, the frame count of the clip, the frame rate, and so on, but I will go in this button here, and I will open the shotting scene metadata, we have much options here to put metadata, we can see even all these groups together by clicking all groups, as you can see here, but I will use the shotting scene, that's this one, I can click in shotting scene, and I see the same thing, but not the rest of all groups here, like we saw before, and as you can see we have much options here to put metadata, like shot, scene, take, angle, and much more, and here we are going to use the keywords, that's very useful to identify a clipping, we can even make the keywords work together with these March beings, that's our next topic, so we will use it, and I will click in this box, and let's say the character name of this girl in our movie is Julia, so I will put Julia here, and now I need to put a comma to make our keyword to be inserted, and now we have our keyword here, I can put another keywords, like for example the cloudy sky, so I can put cloudy sky, and a comma to make this one a keyword, and with the live media preview enabled, I will scrub it through this clipping, and I can see the girl is dancing here, making a performance, so I will put here in the keywords, dancing, comma, and that's it, we have the keywords inserted in this clipping, but I don't want to put the metadata, the keywords in each clip separately, it will be very time consuming, so I will preview each clip by hovering the mouse over each, with the live media preview, and see what we have here, we have the same situation as this clip, or to say Julia dancing with cloudy sky, so I will select this one, I will see this one, this one is the same thing again, this one again, this one too, and this one she's not dancing, so I will select this one, hold shift and click in this one, so I selected this sequence of clips that have the same situation, and now I can put our keywords in all these clips, all a chance, to do this, now that we have many clips selected, multiple clips, I need to select the keywords, it's not needed, when we have just one clip selected, but with multiple clips, we need to select this box, and I go to the keywords box, and I will put Julia, I can even present her, I can go to the cloud sky, it has the suggestion there, I can present her to accept that suggestion, and I can write dancing, it suggests dancing because I have put this keywords before, I can press the enter key, and now we have almost done our keywords insertion in those clips, we just need now to click in the save button, this happens because we have multiple clips selected, it's a difference between multiple clips and one clip, one clip we do not to click in save button, it don't even appears the save button, but with multiple clips we need to check this checkbox, put our keywords, and click in the save button, so we have saved now, if I click in each of these clips, we have the same keywords, this one and this one, we have not put our keywords, we have a different situation here, but we have Julia again, so I will select those two, holding control or command during the making, I will select the keywords, and I will put here Julia, enter, and I select only this one, ah, I forgot to save, so I will apply, I will select only this one, and I will put the name of the other character, let's say she is called Rebecca, comma, let's put the situation of light, golden hour, oh, golden hour, comma, and they are standing still, so standing comma, I will select this one, I will put cloud, sky, enter, and I will put standing, enter, and that's it, we can do the same thing for the other clips, for example, those one, select the keywords checkbox, go to the box of the keywords, and put let's say she is called Carmen, Carmen, comma, she is in the lake, so I will put lake, comma, and let's say that's it, so I will save, so you have understood how we can put metadata here, and now let's say I want to find all the clips that have Julia in, so I will go to the search magnifier to open my search, I will filter by keyword, I can go up and down to find the keyword, and I will put in this box Julia, and I will find all the clips that we have Julia in, if I want a cloud sky, I can put cloud, and we have a cloud sky filter to find our cloud sky clips, if I want the clips where Carmen is in, I can put Carmen, and I find the clips where we have the Carmen character, when we are done making our filter, for example, we can do it even here in the edit page, for example, we have the filter here, we can go to the filter by, and go to keyword, and make it the same thing, let's say Rebecca, we have Rebecca here, I can put to our timeline, I will teach you how to do this later in the course, and when we are done making our filter, our search, we can close our search by clicking the magnifier again, and we have all the clips of that being shown again.
13. Using Smart bins: Now in this lesson let's take a look in how we can use Smart bins and watch Smart bins is here in DaVinci Resolve. First of all, Smart bins like the name says is Smart bins. It's a type of bins that automatically make filters in your media to show your media in those bins, basically in those filters. So to show the Smart bins here, first we need to open it here in the Media Pool. I can do it here in the Media Page, but I also can do it in the Edit Page. So I will make it in the Edit Page, so we can get more used to the Edit Page, because in the future we will be using the Edit Page to make our edits. So here we have our Media Pool again. If this side that shows the bins is closed to you, you can click here in this button to open the bin List. And I will open the Smart bins by clicking those three dots and check Show Smart bins. Now we have the Smart bins here and see we have here Keywords. The Keywords Smart bins are created automatically by DaVinci Resolve when we have Keywords added to our media, like we have done before. So I will click here in the Keywords and as you can see we have now a row here that I can click to expand and see all the keywords that I have in my project. I will grab this line to make more space here, this one too. And see we have here the Carmen Keywords, the Cloud Sky Keywords, the Dancing Keywords and if I click in any of those Smart bins based on the keywords that you have added to our media, I can see automatically a filter that shows all the media that we have with the Keywords Dancing applied to it in its metadata. If I click in the Cloud Sky, we can see all the clips that have Cloud Sky, if I click in Carmen. We can see all the clips that have Carmen and so on. In Julia for example we have all the clips that have Julia. So these Smart bins with Keywords are automatically every new Keywords that we add here to our media. We will make a new Smart bin to appear in this List with a filter to show all the Media that have that Keywords applied to it. So I will close it and let's take a look in the collections in Smart bins. We have another type of Smart bins here as you can see. I will expand it too and here you can see that we have Smart bins that filters our media based on some characteristics of the media like Video clips. Here we will have all media that you have Video or Audio Only or Music or effect, based on certain metadata that we can add to our media. And in fact it's even possible to add metadata here in the Edit page. You see that the metadata panel is here to open. But I want to show you that it's also possible to create new Smart bins that will have the filters that we want to show our media based on those filters. To make this to create new Smart bins we can go here and right click and go to Add Smart bin. Here we have the space to put a name in the Smart bin. So for example I will create a Smart bin that will have all the clips all the Videos with less than 20 seconds. So I will put here less than 20 seconds and as you can remember it's not even possible to make it this type of filter here in the search. So the Smart bins are more powerful than searching with filters. It's possible to use the same filters as we have here in the search and much more. Here we can check this Show in All Projects checkbox to do what the name says. And here we have the rules that we can add to our Smart bin to make our filters and this plus button makes it possible to add new filters like so. I can add new and new and new filters. I will delete it in the minus button because I don't want more than one filter now. But when we have for example two filters or more we can determine if you want that the Smart bin match all of the following rules or any. All obviously is more restrictive. The media that will show in our Smart bin must match all of the rules and any if the media attends to any of the rules it will show in our Smart bin. So I will delete again. It doesn't matter now if I put any or all because I have just one rule here. And the first thing that we will put here is from where we want to get a parameter to make our rule. We have much options here and I will get from the media pool properties and what I want to get. I want to get the duration to see duration time code. Now I will put the rule that is if I want the duration exactly such duration or the opacity of that duration every duration that's not that one or greater than that one or less than that one or in the range of that duration. In this case we want that duration time code is less than and now we have to put here 20 seconds like we have said before 20 seconds and click create. Now my Smart bin is created and it shows all the clips that you have in less than 20 seconds. Let's click here in the list mode to see this information about our media. I will make more space here by catching this column of the name and I will drag here the row bar to see our duration. And let's see if you have attended to the less than 20 seconds duration rule. I will click here in the column name to search our clips based on the duration and here we have it one second one second notch it's one frame it size two or to say here we have the shorter clip. And in the bottom let's go to the bottom we have the longer clipping. The longer clipping is 19 seconds and 29 frames. So our clips in this Smart bin matches the rule of being clips with less than 20 seconds and every new clip every new media that we import to our media pool if it have less than 20 seconds it will appear here in our Smart bin with this rule. But now let's say we want to make another rule we don't want anything but videos here we have much videos but we have it is choose two images we don't want images here in our Smart bin that shows videos with less than 20 seconds. So I will right click in our Smart bin and go to the edit option and I can add or change our rule I will add our new rule and again I will get the parameter from the media pool properties I will go to the parameters and I will choose the parameter clip typing and that's it. I want the clips typing is video I click OK now I will put here to match all of the following rules because if I put any of the following rules I will have a problem because my Smart bin will show everything that's less than 20 seconds and everything that's video that's not what I want I want to attend both rules so I will put all and click OK and let's take a look now if it's all right here we have videos with duration from two seconds and six frames all videos videos two, 19 seconds and 29 frames so that's the way we have it to create a Smart bin and that's how they work here in DaVinci Resolve and they are especially important with large projects when you have a bunch of media to organize automatically without the need to make new searches for your media every time you need to find them.
14. Sorting and searching for clips: We are here again and now in this lesson I will teach you how to search our media here in the media pool and how to search too. First thing everywhere that we have our media pool like in the media page through the Fairlight page it's possible to search media and to search those media and so I will go to the edit page because the functionalities of the media pool here in the edit page is the same as the media pool in the media page. I will show you how to search and search media in the catch pages soon. So to make the searching of our media here first of all I will make it smaller our terminals I will open my people bin let's go to the people bin here and you know that we can search our media here in the list module by clicking the column naming when I click in one time I'm searching in an ascending order as you can see we have the shorter duration here and the longer duration here and when I click again in the column naming I'm searching in the ascending order but in the thumbnail module it's possible to make a searching of our media by clicking this button we have many options here to search our media like by the file name by the duration by the type of media and so on and we can also choose to search our media in ascending order or descending order I would like to show you the catch page options for searching it has some sort parameters here but it is less than what we have in the edit page and in the media page as you can see I will put here in the thumbnail module like in the edit page so I will go to the edit page and show you how can you research our media here and other details we have seen it before but I will show you another details now about the search feature first of all I will close my smart bins here to make more space for my normal bins I mean the people bin at the time and let's search for dancing for example dancing and now I'm filtering my clips by the file naming with the term dancing that I don't need to complete the naming I already have you what I want that is dancing in the file naming of my media if I want to find for example lion I cannot see any clips of lions because I'm in the people bin but if I want to search in all bins I can go to this down around and choose all bins now I can find even if I have it just the people bin opened I can find in all bins by the file naming every media that he has in the file naming the term lion and let's say we wanted to find media by a specific resolution for example I will go to the filter resolution I will put here 19 trench and now I can find in all bins all the clips that you have the resolution 19 trench and let's say I want to find all the clips that you have Julia in it and I will put Julia here and I can't find it by the resolution Julia and let's say I don't know I don't remember or I don't know in which parameter Julia was inserted now I know that's in the keywords where is keywords here keywords but let's say I don't know and what I can do to find the clips where Julia is in I can go to the all fields and now I'm searching through all fields and as you can see I will make it bigger to see the name neither of these clips has in the name the term Julia the name Julia but as I used the filter all fields I can search in all fields and those clips have Julia in the keyword parameter like a metadata that's why I can now find clips that you have Julia in it and when we are done further on I will show you many ways to insert clips in our timeline and the watch I timeline is and we can do this by searching clips and then inserting in our timeline and when we are done we can clean our search by clicking this X button or just to close our search by clicking the magnifier button and now we have back our people being shown here a difference from the edit page to the catch page search is that in the catch page search we can only search by the file name so I put the name here like dance and I can find all clips in the people being I cannot search in all beings like in the edge page and in the media page so I can only search in one bin here in the catch page by the file name and when we are done we clean our search by clicking the X button and that's it
15. Getting to know the Cut page interface: Now in this lesson I wanna show you the interface of the cut page. Before that, really fast, how about making a rating and a review about my course? Now I would be so grateful for your kindness. And if you have already made it, thank you very much. Now let's go back to the lesson. I am here in the cut page as you can see. Just a quick tip here if you are the one to resolve it, doesn't show the names of the pages, you can right click it under here and choose show icons and labels. So the first thing that I will do here in the cut page is dragging a clip to this space that is the space of your timeline and to know what's a timeline. A timeline is just how our final video will be. If you are assembling, if you are editing, if you are transitions, effectors and so on. So that's a timeline, it's possible to make multiple timelines in a single project and that is the space under here where you can make the assembly and the editing of your timeline. So I will bring this clip to the space of our timeline here and now as you can see we are in the people bin, now we are just in the master bin because we have a timeline created automatically when we drag a clip to this empty space. It was empty before and this timeline is called timeline one. Davinci has named it automatically to us. We can change the name of this timeline by clicking in the name or just selecting the timeline and pressing F2. And the name is selected to change. I will not change the name now, I will just press enter. As you can see we have now shown here the clip of our timeline. Then here we have the viewer, in this side we have the media pool and that's not possible just to close the media pool by clicking this button, differentially from the edit page that's possible to close the media pool. Here we can just change the tab that we have opened here by clicking for example in the effects tab, you will see the effects tab and not the media pool. We can open the titles tab, so I can see the titles tab and not the other tabs. Same thing with the transitions tab and so on. So I will go to the media pool, here I can click in this button to open my bin list, as you can see and to close this I can click outside and it will close. Here we have also another tabs, all of these tabs in the left and in the right we will show in much more details and we will see how to use it properly from the basic to the advanced in further lessons. Now that we have a timeline opened, created and opened, you can see here the total timeline duration and under here the current position of our playhead, so I will press space to play our timeline and you can see that the playhead goes on and the time code indicates the current position of our playhead. If I put it to the end of our timeline you can see that our timeline has exactly the duration that you saw over here. Here we have our transport controls, it works the same way as we saw in the media page, we can even activate our loopy and now when we come to the end of the clip it starts again from the beginning. As you can see we have some options here, some buttons to make insertions of our media, in the timeline it's possible to make insertions. In many ways not just by dragging the media, you can make it with much more control over the insertion. In this left side we have the headers of our tracks, we can have multiple tracks, for example if I create another video track I have two video tracks, I can put a video over other video, for example this one I put this one here, I will drag this to see one video over the other, as you can see they do not match in the aspect ratio, the bottom video shows here in this part, that's not a thing to bother now I will show you how to correct those problems further on, but I want to show you the header of this track here and the header of this track here, each track has this header and what are those two things, we have a thing here and another thing here with another playhead, what that means, it means that we have two presentations of our timeline, one that shows the entire timeline here, we have it from the start to the end, so we can access the entire timeline at a time, if I put another clips for example this one in the end here, let's put this one here, the size of the clips presentation here, we will adapt, we will fit to the screen to show the entire timeline in this top presentation, and under here we have another presentation with more zoom of our timeline, where we can see more precisely what's going on, so if I change the position of our playhead over here, I change the position of our playhead here too, but this one displayhead in this bottom presentation is fixed and we can drag our timeline and this one over here is the playhead that moves and the timeline stays fixed, so overall we have the interface of the catch page that we will see in much more details how to use each feature of this interface in this section.
16. Importing media on the Cut page: Let's take a look in this lesson at how we can import media here in the Cut page because it's possible to import media in the Cut page in the Edit page, not just in the Media page. Everywhere that you have a media pool, and that's from the Media to the Fairlight page, just not in the Deliver page, it's possible to import your media. And if you have a small project or just a few media files to import, it's probably a better idea to import directly in your Cut page or Edit page; there's no need to switch to the Media page to make this import. And how can we do that? To do that, there are many ways. One way is to go to the File menu, choose Import, then Import Media. You can even import directly from a folder. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl + I, or on Mac, Command + I. Another way to import your media is to right-click in an empty space in the media pool, and you also have the option Import Media. As you can see, it's the same option from the File menu because you have the same keyboard shortcut. Here, by clicking on the Import Media option, we open an explorer of your system; you select the media that you want to import and click the Open button. I'll click Cancel; I don't want to import those media now. I want to show that it's possible to open a file explorer of your system. For example, I have opened this explorer in my media folder; I will select these two clips, and I can just drag those two clips over the media pool here, in an empty space of the media pool, and release them, and I have those media imported into the media pool. I will delete them to show you another way. Let's go to our file explorer. It's also possible if DaVinci Resolve is not opened in the background. For example, let's open here another thing: the course curriculum. And let's say I have opened our file explorer, and you want to drag our media into DaVinci Resolve. It's also possible to do it this way. I can drag the media in my taskbar, over DaVinci Resolve. DaVinci Resolve will open, and I can drag it to the media pool. One thing to consider here is that we need to have the media pool open to do it this way, to import media by dragging from the folder, because if I don't have the media pool open, for example, if I have the Effects tab open, I cannot drag my media and put it in the media pool over here, for example, because the media pool won't open this way, and I cannot even release my media over the Effects tab because it won't be in the media pool. So, those are some ways that we can use the media pool here in the Cut page or in the Edit page too. It's possible in the same way, we have the same options. the need to go to the media page but the media page has the media storage, the favorites, and it can save you some time if you need to use those features.
17. Navigating bins and moving media: Hi people, in this lesson we will take a look at how the navigation of the Bins works here in the Cut page and how we can move Bins and Media from one Bin to another. So first thing, I have this sound here, I can even double click here to open it in the viewer. It's possible also to see the audio waveform in the viewer and to play it, but that is not the thing here and I want to put this audio inside the sound effects bin that's inside the audio bin. How can I do that? I can open the bin list here to see that the audio bin has the music bin and sound effects bin inside, but if I drag my audio trying to put it inside the sound effects bin, it's not here anymore. The list disappears. To make the list appear again, I can just hover over this icon and the bin list opens, I can go to my audio bin. If I hover over this audio bin, the bins inside it will expand to show and I can drag over this sound effects bin and release my mouse button. Now inside the sound effects bin, we have the sound that I have dragged inside this bin. To navigate through bins here, we can use the bin list. As you can see, I can open the master bin, another bin, I can expand the bins inside another bin and click the one we want and we can also navigate through those names that we have here. Here it says that we have the master bin and we are inside the drawing bin and to go to the master bin again, I can click on the master bin name here and now I am in the master bin again. Let's say I go by double clicking here in the audio bin and then the sound effects bin. Now I have two layers of bins, one inside the other and if I want to go to the master bin directly from the sound effects bin, I can click on the master name or if I want to go back from the sound effects bin to the audio bin, I click on the audio name. For example, I go here, now I came back to the audio bin. If I want to go directly to the master bin, I click on the name master and I'm back to the master bin and to move bins inside or outside another bin, it's the same thing as the media. For example, if I want to take the sound effects bin outside the audio bin, I can open the audio bin. Now I have here the sound effects bin, I can drag over this icon and then drag over the master bin. For example, and now I go to the master bin and I have the sound effects bin moved to the master bin. Let's put it again in the audio bin and that's it. Some things about the navigation through bins and how to move the media and bins here in the Cut page.
18. Creating timelines: Okay, let's go. Now in this lesson, it's a very special lesson that we will see how to create new Timelines here in DaVinci Resolve. As I said before, Timelines is your final video is the assembly of your video with your Edges, with your Transitions, with everything that your video will have when you export it. You have solved for that we created this Timeline one by dragging one clip in 2G empty space of the Timelining, but now we have a Timelining we don't have an empty space anymore and to create new Timeliness. If you want to another videos in our project, like I said before it's possible and to do that I will right click in the Media Pool and we have the option to create a new Timelining or you can use the short cut control any or command n in the Mac. That's just one way to create a new Timeline, let's make it. We have this window to configure our Timelining. Let's put a name here for example Drones. I can choose the number of Video Tracks that the Timelining starts with and the Audio Tracks too. It can be changed after by creating or deleting Video Tracks or Audio Tracks, that's no problem to make it with such number. Same thing with the Audio Track Typing that we can have a Stereo Audio Track or a Mono Audio Track, but this can be changed after also. And here we have this option that says Use Project Settings. Do you remember that we have made a Project Settings here in the Files menu, Project Settings or this little gear under here, we have set the Timelining Resolution, the Timelining Frame Rate and that's what we will have when we create another Timelining, a new Timelining using the Project Settings. If you don't want to create with the Project Settings you want to check this and you can change the settings of your new Timelining by going in format for example, you can change here the Timelining Resolution by choosing a Resolution from the listing or by manually typing the Resolution here in the boxes, you can use the Vertical Resolution, you can change the Frame Rate of your Timelining and you will have other options in the other tabs that we won't explore in this time because it's more advanced. So let's stay with the Project Settings by checking this and creating a new Timelining. That's one way to create a Timelining, we have now an empty Timelining, we can see that it's opened because it's marked here in our Media Pool with this check, we have the other Timelining, Timelining 1 here that's not opened anymore, we can open this Timelining by double clicking here and we can know what's a Timelining in our Media Pool because we have this little icon here that indicates that it is a Timelining, when we have a Video it can be a Video without Audio, so it will have no icon here or a Video if we Audio, we have a Audio icon here and if we have for example, Photos, we have this icon of a Photo here in this spacing, if we have a Form of the Audio in the Tabineo Mode and that's the way we know which type of Media we have in our Media Pool. Another way to create a Timelining instead of creating an empty Timelining is to creating a Timelining with clips in it, for example let's create a Indus Bin, not Indus Bin with this Bin, I will select some Media here, for example those Media, these four Media and I can right click in any of these Media's that I have selected and I go to the option create new Timelining using selected clips, this window appears again, I can put it here for example People, I can change the settings like you know and I go to create and now we have opened this Timelining People with the clips that I have put in the Timelining and obviously that's changeable, we can put any clips that we want in the Timelining, we can delete those ones and put another clips, change the order, change everything as we can do in the empty Timelining. Another way to create a Timelining is by opening a Bin from where we want to get all the clips to create a Timelining, we don't need this time to select all clips, if I want all clips in my Timelining I just right click in the named space of that Bin and go to the second option create new Timelining using selected Bin, in this option I can put here for example the name photos and I will hit enter and now we have the Timelining photos created in the Master Bin, it's always created in the Master Bin, I can put it in the Photos Bin if I want just by dragging it and we have here a Timelining with my photos added to it, just a thing to you know here is that every time we add a photo to a Timelining by default the photo we have 5 seconds of duration and obviously we can change this duration anytime we want and that's it, that's the way we have to create Timeliness here in Davinci Resolving and one of the most personalized way is the way to create an empty Timelining like we have made in the first option by right clicking here and create a new Timelining or by pressing Ctrl and your Command and like we have made in this drone's Timelining and why is it more personalized, more customizable, that's because we can add our media to the Timelining using in and out points like we will do in a further lesson with just the part of the clip that we want with much more control and ease in the assembly of our video and just a final order to delete a Timelining from our Media Pool we can select it and press Delete or Backspace Davinci will ask for a confirmation, I will confirm and my Timelining is deleted, I will also delete this one, I could select both of them and delete both at a time, so now we have opened the drone's Timelining where we are going to work your own.
19. Inserting media into the timeline: Let's go people, let's see how we can insert our media here in the timeline. Of course you have seen that we can just drag our media to the timeline, even we can select several media and drag all the media to the timeline. But it doesn't offer us much control over the part of our video that goes to the timeline. The video just goes from start to end every time. Of course we can trim our clipping later, but it is a very good idea to insert our clips to the timeline with just a portion of the clipping that we want to use to make our assembly. So let's delete those ones, I will select it and press backspace and I will show you a better way to select which portion of the clipping. You will put in the timeline, so let's click in this clipping, I will double click it to load it to the viewer, because we had the timeline loaded to the clipping, so we need it to double click first in a clipping the media pool, and after I double click I can just click in another one to load it to the viewer. So let's say I will scrub it through this clipping and I want to for example to insert my clipping from this part to my timeline going to this part. How can I do that? I will use in and out points to mark an in point in my clipping, I will position the playerhead in the part of the clip that I want to mark in my in point and press I in the keyboard. Now I have a in point here, indicated by this bar, and I will go to the position where I want the out point to be marked in and I will press the O button of the keyboard, so now I have an out point here. So as you can see we have the indication of the portion of the clipping that will be inserted in our timeline now, before this we had all the clips selected, and now we have just this portion, we can drag it from the viewer directly to our timeline and that's it, or I will press Ctrl Z or Command Z to undo this action, I can also drag it from the media pool, it is the same thing as dragging from the viewer to my timeline. Now I have just that portion that I selected of my clipping in the timeline, let's load another clip here, this one by double clicking and let's see another thing, another option that we have here instead of just dragging, so first of all we will mark a in point some part here, let's say in this part I will press I in the keyboard and I will go to this part and I will press O to mark an out point and instead of dragging the clipping, I can just click in this button that is the append button that inserts or appends this portion of our clip, our selected clipping at the end of our timeline, so every time that we have one or more selected clips in the media pool, we can use the append button to insert those clips or that clip to the end of our timeline, so I will click in and now we have this clip in the end of the timeline, we can even go to this bottom presentation of the timeline, right click in the clipping and change the clip color to better identify this clipping and we can even change the clip color, here in the media pool I will right click in this one that I will add next and I will change the clip color to violet for example, now I will double click in this one, let's see another way to insert media into our timeline, I will select some part here from this part to this moment, press O, press I press O and then instead of inserting my media in the end of the timeline, let's say I want to put my media here between one and the other clip and instead of just dragging the clip there, that can be a bit problematic, as you can see I need to drag, Davinci needs to identify that I'm putting the media there and I will release, let's make another thing, I will press ctrl Z, my clip is already selected here in the media pool, I will use this button that is matching such button, what that does? As you can see we have here a narrow pointing down to this edged point, this is what we call an edged point, every time you have a cut between a clip and other we have an edged point and this arrow indicates that the is matching such button that is this one, we will insert this clip that is selected in this edged point or to say between the blue clipping and the yellow clipping, so I will click it and my violet clipping goes between the yellow one and the blue one, I can see it here, my in and out point is applied, just a portion of the clip that I selected goes to the timeline and now let's say we want to change this clipping by another clipping, we don't want this clipping anymore, how can we change this clipping by another clipping? To make this I will go to another bin here to choose just a clip, just to put it here and let's say I will want this clipping double click, I will play this clipping, this is a short clipping and to change this clip of the drawing by this clipping, I can just use this third button, the ripple overwrite button with this clip selected and now we have changed the clipping in our timeline, we could have selected the in and out points for our clip like we have made before but this one I wanted it to patch the entire clip because it's a short clip so that's okay, so in our first view those are good options that we have to insert our media in our timelines here in DaVinci Resolve but in further lessons I will teach you how to insert medias with much more speed and to review your material much more faster and watch shortcuts you can use to make a faster assembly of your timeline.
20. Shortcuts to insert media in the timeline: So in this lesson let's take a look in some keyboard shortcuts and some techniques to make faster assemblies here in the catch page. First of all let's see how we can load our media from the media pool in the viewer and how we can load the timeline in the viewer. That's a thing that can be somewhat difficult sometimes to the beginner so I will teach some things about it. First of all we need to know what's loaded in the viewer at the moment. To know this we have over here this name that says drones. So by this name we know that we have the drone's timeline loaded in the viewer and we know that the drone's timeline is the timeline opened under here because it is checked with this orange or red check. And look at those three buttons that we have here. This one indicates two that we have the timeline loaded in the viewer because it is white it's activated and this one the source clip if I click it it loads the media pool in the viewer we are not seeing nothing at this moment because it's like the live media preview that we have saw in the media page. So if I hover my mouse cursor over the clips I can see the clips like the live media preview by going back and forth over the clips and the nails and if I click in a clip to select it it's now fixed to the viewer and I can scrub it through it or to play to see my clipping and now if I click here in an empty space of the media pool I go back to the live media preview module where I can hover the mouse over another clips to review it. To load it now my timeline into the viewer it's very simple we have it two ways to do that one way is just by clicking here in the space of timeline and it's loaded in the viewer another way is to use this button as you might have guessed and we load our timeline and this middle button what does it do the source tape it that's a very good option to review our medium in a bin for a fast assembly it's only present here in the catch page that's why I like the catch page for making fast assemblies so first of all I will not click here to not load all the clips that we have in the media pool at the moment because I am the master if I click here now I will load all the clips here in the viewer it will be somewhat heavy so first thing I will open this people bin for example we have here some medium and now I will click in this button to load all the clips that we have in the people bin here in the viewer as you can see it has some separations here that indicates the duration the proportional duration of each clipping that is loaded in the viewer now and now we can review our clips to make our assemblies but first of all let's create a new timeline to start an assembly from zero so I will right click here and create new timeline I will name it people I will hit check enter to create it will have gone to the master so I will click here in the source clipping let's go again to the people bin and source taping and how can we review our media the best way to assembly our timeline one way is to click in this button the fast review that will play through our medium and the shorter clips will play is lower and the longer clips will play faster let's see this one is a short clipping its place is low and the next one will play faster because it's a longer clipping and so on this one for example it will play faster because it's a bigger clip a longer clipping let's see so this fast review adapts to the duration of the clipping to play is lower or faster we can also review by scrubbing through our timeline and if I want to scrub it more precisely in any moment we can use the joggy wheel I click it in the movie right and left and I can review my media scrubbing my media through my medium is lower in this part of the video let's say we have a let's go to the beginning of our source taping I will just press the spacebar to watch at normal speed let's say I don't want to do this vertical medium neither G's let's say I want to start with G's one that's a horizontal medium and I will play let's say I want it to start in this part I will press the I key to insert an in point and I will press the spacebar to play and to C or L to play two times the speed and let's say I want to put my out point here I will press O and now we have some options instead of just going to this button the append button each time we want to insert a media to the timeline we can use these options that we have here in the edge menu but we will not use the edit menu we use the keyboard shortcuts I'm showing you the comments in the edge to menu because if you forget any of the shortcuts you can come here and take a look in the comments with the shortcuts to remember so the most used is the append to end of timeline F 10 remember this shortcut F 10 and that's the same thing as clicking in this button right here it will insert the clip in the end of our timeline so I will making my assembly in some order so I will press F 10 after I have put my in and out point and now my clip is in the timeline I can I can continually reviewing my clips for example I will go to the next one and I can press L let's say I want to start in this point I will press the I button I will press L two times to see in two times the speed let's say we want to end at this point I will press O to put in out point and I press F 10 to append to the end of our timeline so as you can see we have the first clip here and from here to the end we have the second clip and that way we can make fast assemblies of our timeline let's see we want to to go here in this clip I will jog you here let's say I want to start at this moment I press I I will play double the speed by double pressing the L button I want to the out point here I will press O and I press F 10 and when I'm done with assembling my timeline this way I can go back in clicking the timeline button for example and I can see my timeline here in the viewer again so the source tape is a way to make faster assemblies of our timeline using in and out points in our clips and using the F10 keyboard shortcut to append to the end of our timeline each portion of clips that we choose with the in and out points
21. Removing media from the timeline: Let's see in this lesson some details about removing media from our timeline. It's not so trivial, it can be tricky sometimes for the beginner, so I will need to explain it to you. So first thing to know is that this button, the repo on, it affects the way the timeline behaves when you delete some media from the timeline. So for example, to delete this media, this clip, I can click to select it. I will change the clip color just to make it clear that it's another media that I'm deleting. I will make it the same thing for this one. I need to go under here. It's not possible to right click here. The menu doesn't appear. So I will go under here, clip color and change this one to pink for example. So I will go to this media, I will select it and let's see what happens when we have the repo on, off. It's off because it's not watch, it's gray. The default is on, but I have it off now. I can press the backspace button or the delete button to delete this media that is selected. I can even make a selection of other media and delete all a chance. So I will delete just this one. And when I press backspace, you can see that we have now a gap here that shows just a black screen in our viewer. So we have not the repo effect in our timeline when the repo is off. And what is the repo? Let's press Ctrl Z or Command Z to undo this action and let's understand what's the repo in our timeline. The repo means that when I delete this media, for example, the rest of the timeline here to the right, we'll close the gap in all the clips that we have here. If you have a tank clips, even in other layers, it will come synchronized and close the gap. That's the repo effect. So if I put the repo on and delete my media by pressing backspace or delete, all the rest of my timeline comes to close the gap and stay synchronized. If I had another layer here, this layer will come together to my timeline stay all synchronized, making this movement, closing this gap. But let's say we don't have the repo off for accident. For example, it happens sometimes and you delete some media and we have here a gap. You can repo the rest of your timeline already, but you will need another step to make this when the repo is off. To make this, just select the spaces that's empty. That's not a clip, it is gray spacing. I can press delete or backspacing and now we have closed the gap in and all of the rest of our timeline comes together. If we have another clips here in the right, it comes together too. So those are some tips that you can use. I recommend you to maintain the repo on. You don't want a black screen in the middle of your timeline. So if in any moment you delete a media and the timeline doesn't close the gap, you will know that your repo is off.
22. Changing clips’ position in the timeline: Let's go in this lesson. We are going to
see how to change the position of your
clips in the timeline. So to do this, I will put
this clip into the timeline. I have already inserted
an point and an outpoint here to get you just this portion of my clip.
Now you use it. There is marching search button, my clip is selected, and I'm near to an edit point. So the edge point that's nearer to my play
edge is the one where the clip will be inserted when I click in
the is Marching search. So I click it and
the clip is here. I will change the
color of this clip just to identify it better. I will patch live. And let's say I want
to patch guys clippy. Before the live clip, the clip of the grow,
and to make gs, I can drag gs clippy two here, to gs addit point, hold for a second, and I can release it. Now I have changed the
position of those two clips. Another way to
reposition clips in our time line is by
cutching and pasting. We have the options of
cutching and paste. Here in the edge menu. We have Cutch here or control
X or common x in the mac, and the paste option, the famous control V. Make g, we go here to our time lining. I will select gs clipping. Let's say now I went g clip
before the guys clipping, I will press control X, and I need to patch my play edge exactly at g edge pointing. Because if I don't do so, I will split the guys clip or the other clip the
ballet dancer clipping. For example, if I paste
my clip over here, not exactly at the
edge pointing, I will press control V. You
can see that he splitted. The guys clippy. We have just a tiny portion
of the clip here, then the clip of the girl and the rest of the
clip of the guy. That's obviously
not what I want, so I will press control Z and we need to know
the snap feature. The snap feature is
that one that we have here in this
button, Tine options. We have match options
about the timeline here, and we have the Snap. This snap is not checked. At the moment I can click here and now it's check
With the snap on, when I drag the play hedge
near an edged point, you can see it is naps
to that edge point. It makes it easier to
go to that edged point. I will use it to easily
position my play hedge, if I'm not with the play
hedging in the edge point, I activate my snappy and
go near the edge point. And it is naps there. I can press Control V to
paste my clip exactly between those two clips to toggle
on and off our snappy. We can press the n
key in our keyboard. So if I have a day snap on, I will press n and
I disable D Snape, and when I press n again, I enable again Day snap. So remember, the n key I will be very useful to you because sometimes you
don't want this Nap, for example, if
you are scrubbing through your timeline
to see your clips. If the snap is one, you will be snapping that edge
points, for example, here. And D Nap doesn't let you scrub
it through your timeline, without snapping to
those edge points that we have near
the play Hedge. So you press n and
you have the Nap off. You can just scrub it through the edge points
without any problem. Another thing that you can
do here is to change it that layer of clip just by
dragging to an upper layer. For example, this
one I can drag up, I can release here, and we have it a new layer, the V two or Vj, where I have Puch the guys clip, so it's over the grow clip. And if I want to get it
back to the V one layer, I can just drag it
here and reposition, and we have it the
clip it there again. The nice chip that
I have to you to reposition clips in a
very busy time line. Imagine that you have a
timeline match clips. Let's purch all those clips
here from G one to G one. I will press F ten with
all GS clip selectogy. So I have many clips
here in the time line. The clips becomes mall in
Gs upper presentation. Let's say I want to move it Gs clippy to another part of
my timeline, for example, here, I can grab it from g bottom presentation of the timeline to the
upper presentation. I go to the position of my timeline where I
went to patch my clip, and I go back to the bottom Timeline presentation and position here
in an edge point. And now I can position this clip exactly
ge gs edge point. Instead of just
grabbing through here, that would be very
time consuming. I can just drag it from
the bottom to the upper. And then from the upper, I go to the bottom again. And as you can see, sometimes
when I press out tab here, the outt key disables the ****, and now we have two
gaps, as you can see. Those gray spaces are two
gaps in our time line. We just have a black
screen here and here. That was an accident
when I moved in my clip. So when we have the ripple offi, this problem will happen when we move clips through
the timeline. Another problem, let's say, let's remove all those clips
to see it more clearly. The two, then I will select both gaps in the press
delete or back space. Have another space
here, another gap. I will click here and
the press back space. And if I have the ripple offi, I will have a e problem, changing the position
of a clip in the timeline because the clip will overwrite another clip, if I cut and paste the clip. So I will select to this one, I will press control. I will leave the gap
because the ripple is off. And if I put over here, I will press to snap to this
edge point and if I press control V S overwrites
the guys clippy in Dutch party Dutch
pastae, se grows clipping. So it's always a good
idea to have the repo on when we walk here
in the Kutch page, to move our clips
or to the liche clippy or to copy and
paste clips and so on.
23. Guided exercise 1: Hi, people. Now we have
a guided exercise, a very good, a very nice type of exercise that I
have created for you, where I want you to
answer my questions about what you can do to make such edgins that I
will propose to you, that I will demand for you. Like I was your director, for example, so let's
go. Let's dive into it. First thing that I
will ask you is that I want you to change
the clip of S guy. Have the guy here, I want you to change for another clipping. Let's say I want
to go to master, then I go to animals, I want you to insert in the
place of the guys clipping. The Lions clipping, let's double click in it to load
in our viewer, and I want you to put Lions Video in the place
of the guy's Video. What could you do to make
g with fast and easy? I will give you 3
seconds if you want you can pause the vigo answer
me how to do this. And then after the 3 seconds, I will come with the right
answer to you. So let's go. Then have you the right answer. So let's go. I will
give you the answer. What can we do to replace
the guys clipping by the Lions clipping
with festin easy. To make es, I will select
the Lions clipping. I don't need to load in
the viewer. Right now. I just need to select
in the Mija pu. I will position my playhead
over the guys clipping, and I will press es button
the ripple over right, that you will change the guys
clip by the Lions clippy. But let's take a look. The Lions clip became very
long here in our time line. Very heavy is smaller clips. So let's say I demand you
to make it different. I just want you to puch the Lions clip with
four to 5 seconds, not the entire clip. Let's say I have demanded
each the first time to you, then I will press control
Z to undo the last action. Now I ask you how to do that, how to touch the lion
opening mouthing, this video with only
four to 5 seconds in the place of
the guys clipping. Let's go try to answer. And then I expect that you
have the right answer. So what can we do
to make edging? I will log you by
double clicking clip. To see it in our viewer, I will position the play edge in a place where I want
to puch. And in point. I will press I, I will press the space bar
to play M clip. 42 5 seconds. Let's say here, I will press
the Key sen out point. Now I can see over here the duration of this portion
of the clip that I heavy, selectagy with the
in and out points and not the entire clip
duration and more. If it don't says something
like four or 5 seconds, like I said before, I can
drag those in and out points. To make it change the duration to something
like 5 seconds. And I will press this button, the ripple over
right button with the play g over
the guys clipping. And I will be replacing the guys clip with
four to 5 seconds. In this case, 5 seconds and seven frames of the lion's clip. And the last thing that I want to demand you is the following. Let's play this lions
clip to see what we have. As you can here, we have some
sounds in this clipping. And me, as your director, I ask you to don't you use
the sound of this clipping. In our timeline, I want
you to insert the image, just the video and
not the sound. That's not I think that I
had to cheat you before, but I want to give you a chip. I want you to go to
your Davi resolving and take a look in do
here and try to guess what button
you could you use to insert the video of the
lion without the algo. As the video, go in the vent resolving and try to
find that button. Let's go. Okay, we are
back for the answer. The button that we need to use is s one that
says Video only. We have s the Audio only. How those buttons works. Let's press control z, to undo the last check. Already have the in and outt
point in the Lonsclipy, as we can see here
in the Tabino. It has markers here and
here. It's electagy. I will press this button
that says Vigo only. So now I will puch only
the vigo of sclipy. When I press my ripple
over right button. Now let's plate to see if
you have you what we want. And now, that's okay. That's what we want the
lions clippy without the du. And we can disable this button because we don't need it
anymore, and that's itchy. That was our guided
exercise number one. Have you answered
right for my demands. So let's go for
the next lessons.
24. Adding and deleting new tracks: Let's see in this lesson, how we can add new
tracks to our T line, and how to insert media
in those new tracks. To add a new track, I can right click
here in the header, or in an empty space of in my Telne and go to the
Edge tracky option. I have now the V g two that's the VD g l tracks altogether. And I want to place my liones clip in the
VT or VDOT track. To make so, I will
determine it first, and point where I went to insert the Lones clip
in the timeline. It's another thing that we can do here in the vent
resolve to have more control over our
insertions in the timeline. So here in my timeline, I will position my
play head where I went the Lioness
clippy to starch. I will press the key. Now I have a point
in my timeline here, that will go forward. To gs point, where I went, Monas clip two G. Then I will press the key. Now I will double click
in the Lones clippy, and I will choose a place where
I went to put in point in the Lones clip to say
the vents olvi that I went the clip to be
insertedy from S point. And now in the time line, my play g can be in any place because I have a put
g and not point. And I will press the F 12 key. As you can see, I
have insertedy, the Lion as media over the
other medias in the V two exactly in that portion of my time line selected by the
point and the Ouch point. That's another way
to insert medias in the time line using points in the ch points
in the time line. Two V option is over here. It says, place on top, so I will place
the clip on top of the other clips that I have in the moment at that
point of my T line. Let's say we have
another track here, I will add a third track. I want to insert a clip in V three track and
not in the V two. How can I do that? I need to select this track
by clicking here. I can s click it here, and now it's Reggie indicating that it is selected
for my insertion. I will again select a
portion of my timeline with the NGO keys to Marky in and
No point in my timeline. Now I want to insert
this elephant family clipping that I already have
a market and point here, and I need to go to the option here in the editing menu Orit. But let's say I want you to use a shart cutch
for the overrge. You can see that the overrit doesn't have a shart
cut by the foe. So I will configure a shart
cut for the overrche option. The Gs, I will go to
the Davinaries of menu, then keyboard
customization. I will type in here
the name of the Cage. That's over rich. I have already found it here. I will click in over rich. It shows a space where I can insert the short
cutch that I want. I will click it here, and
then I will press a key in my keyboard to make the short
cutch for the Orche Cage. Know that the FH key is not
used for other commands, so I will press F H, that's in the side of
the F nine and F ten, that's a good key to use. I will save it and
I will close it. Now, as you can see
here in the edge menu, we have the FH keyboard chart cut assigned to the
overrch command. So I will press S just
to show you that if I press now the FH key
with the tri selected, and in the Mida po, my elephant family clip also selected The elephant family will go to the victory track, starting from the point that I have touched in the
elephant family clipping in the space that
I selected with my in and outpoint
in the time line. And now, the Ventrsolv has automatically created
another track for us. And let's say we want to delete our track. Have two options. One option is by
right clicking over the tracky header and go
to the delete option, or you can right click in any tracky header or any empty
space in your time line. And you don't need to know
what tracks are empty. You just go to the option
delete empty tracks. And you resolve, we will automatically delete the
empty tracks for you.
25. Trimming clips in the timeline: Let's see in this lesson. How we can trim clips in our
timeline. What's trimming? When I go to the engine
or the starch of clippy. For example, I go here to
the enge of my timeline, the enge of dsclip of the
grow, looking to the can. I can position my mouse cursor exactly here in the
eng of dsclipi, when I see ds cursor
that you are seeing now, and I click and drag it to
reduce clippy or to extend it. Obviously, we cannot extend it beyond the last
frame of the clippy, and that's the
reason the clip is showing now reg in
that trim point. And when I reduce the clippy, I can see this white
line over here, indicating t you where I have a video frames to
extend my clippy. To reducing or extending my
clip by dragging this point. It's called the trimming, so I'm trimming my clippy here. This white rectangle here is called the handle
of the clippy. I will release my
mouse button now. And we can do the same thing in the start of the clipping. If I click here and
drag it to the right. I'm now reducing the clippy
and extending the handle, and if I drag it to the left, I'm extending the clip
and reducing the handle. Till we have the t point. Reg, indicating that we
don't have more handle. Take care when you
are trimming a clippy because when
you have a gs cursor positioning your mousy cursor over the edge point between
one clipping and other, and you click and dragging, you are trimming both clips at a time and not
just one clipping. You are reducing one clipping and extending the
other clipping. Of course, if you go to
g side of g clipping, the edge of the Lions clipping, you can click here
and you reduce gs clipping or extend
And as you can see, our time line comes with my trim point that's the
ripple because the ripple is. If I turn off the ripple, and I trim my lions
clippy, for example, the rest of my t line that
is this gross clipping, won't ripple as before. We have a gap here. And if I extend this lions
clippy with the ripple fin. I you overrit this girls clipping because it's
note with the ripple. So again, the ripple is a good option when you are trimming the clips
in your timeline because you probably
want the rest of your timeline to
come together when you reduce the ge of
clipping or to be pushed to the chi when
you extend a clip. You can also tring eclip A frame at ate by selecting
that Ting point, for example, the
starch of ds clippy. Now I have selected Ting point. And I see because it is
highlighted in green. And if I press coma, I move it that Ting
0.1 frame to the left. And if I press the Dt. I'm moving that tring point, A frame to the right. I can for example, move three frames
to the right, one, two, three, and the hey reduce the that clip exactly
three frames. I can select g s clippy. After lion in the ting point, it becomes highlighted in green. Let's say I want to
reduce three frames, so I will press coma
one, two, three times. And I have a trimmed to reduce the lion's clipping
by three frames. So that's the trimming. We can reduce or extend our
clips in the time lining.
26. Sliping a clip: Now in this lesson, I will show you how is
lip eclipi inside itself. What is the liping eclipy? Let's look at the starch
of s lions clipi. And we have declipy
starch in front placing and let's say we want you to
make declipy starch later, but I don't want
to trim my eclipy. I want you each with the same
duration in the time lie. Just want to change, the place where it starts. So to do this, I will slip the clipping side
itself using's button. So I click here and drag it. Left, you can see in the
upper presentation of my timeline that I'm not changing the duration
of the clipping. I'm not trimming it. I'm just changing the position of the clipping side itself. Can see in this
blacky rectangle, how much of the clip
Im slipping right now. And it says -22 frames. I'm miliping the
clip to the left em. Minus means left 22 frames. If I is slipping more, I can see there, for example, 1 second, and frames to the left em. If I is light to the right che, I can see the pulse chief, and now I'm mis liging
to the right 90 frames. So I will drag it
to the left chem. I can see in the
viewer, some things. I will delete this Liones clip to make it clearer to
us what's happening. So I will press back
space or delete. Again, I will click it here to is slip the Lions clipping. And in the first
frame that we have in the viewer now in
the upper left corner. Are seeing the current frame that's in the starch
of my clipping, that's the first
frame of my clip now. And in the upper right corner, I can see the last frame
of my clippy right now. So if I move it, I can see the first and the
last frame of the clipping. YO Y is slipping the
clipping inside itself. The both frames in the
bottom of the viewer. I can see in the left
keep the last frame of the clippy in the left
e of the lions clipping, and in the right che, the first frame of the clippy in the right e of
the lions clipping. So will release
the mouse button, and I end the slipping
of my clipping. And that's the way that
we can reposition eclipi inside itself in our time
line without trimming.
27. Splitting clips: Okay, people, let's
start another lesson. And in this lesson,
we're going to see how to split eclipse here
in the vent resolving. And the reasons why
we should do that. One of the reasons
to split eclipy is to remove a part of eclipy
that you want to remove it. For some reason, you
could also want to apply an effect to a part of a video
and not in the other part. You can cut out some part of
the video that is boring to jump it right into another
appealing patch, and so on. So there are many
reasons why you would want to split a clip. So let's see how can we split a clip here in
the vent resolve. The first thing
that you can do is the obvious Cesor button
that we have here. You position the playhead
where you want to split, and you click it in the
split clippy button, the Cesor button, and the clip
will split in dutch parch. I will press control Z or
common Z to do thatch. Let's see another way to do this because way is much laborious. It can be very painful to go with the mousy every
time to that button, just to split a clippy. Because let's say we
have a video two edge, like an interview,
where you will make many cuts, many splits, remove the silences,
for example, so it can be very painful to go every time
into that button, just to split many
parts of that video. So you are going to see the next two option that we have that's better than z one, that's the keyboard shut cut. So we can press the
keyboard shut cut, Control B or command
B in the mac. I will show you another
better option that we have. But before es, will choose
a part of our time line? Let's see what we have here. We have a new Tim lining with the name elephants walking
that I have created now. We have here. Let's
scrub it through each. We have some elephants walking. We have another clip here
with other elephants walking. As you can see, we have a blank
frame in the eng of clip. It's not a problem
because he will cut out a part of the eng of this
clippy by splitching each. So I want you to match the elephants walking in those two clips in
different angles. Let's say we have
the same situation. We can see here that elephant is not following
the same movement, the semi walking of
the other elephants, and we have some grass here, and those elements
are not present in the next sin in the next shot. We don't have a grass here. We don't have an
elephant that's not following the same direction
of the other elephants. Will cut here I G s parch, let's go to here, that's okay, where we don't see the grass and the elephant that was not
walking in the same direction. I will use the
control B short cut to cut in dispatch
or ese pletch. I will select a g s parch
to remove, as you can see. I don't have the ripple
one at this moment, so I will click
here to activate h and now I can press the
backspace button or the delete button to
delete dispag and to ripple the rest
of our time lining. Now, what you have, let's see. Having a nice cuch here. It's okay by this moment. We have the elephants
walking in one direction, all in one direction. And here, again, we have the elephants walking
in one direction. But what I want to
show you is a way to make a sharp cuch even
better than that one. Because it can be, is too painful to
spread your fingers from the control to the
B key in the keyboard, and sometimes you need to
make many splits in a clippy. So let's assign
another charge cut. That's just one letter, one key, to use it
to split our clips. Are going to the
diventsolve menu, then keyboard customization. Here, you can press the virtual keyboard buttons or keys to find a
common of diventsolv. So I will press the
control and the B, and it says we have
the previous and the razor commands associated to the Control B charge Cutch. I will click in the razor. I opens here in this side. So as you can see,
the key stroke, the keyboard charge
cutch is Control B. Here I have already assigned the C key as a charge
cutch for the razor. For you, will show
us nothing here. So to associate another key for the hazer that splits clips. You can go here and
click in the erasor. You will click the
plus button here. And now you can press another key to associate
with the hazer, that I recommend you to
use the C key because in the Davin resolving the full
keyboard the customization, the C key is not used
to any other common. So we use the C, you press C, and then you click
in the Save button, and you can now
close this window. We have the C button
associated to the split or the razor
Cang and when we press. The C, we have the split here, and we can do whereever we
want with gs like removing or to puch an effect in this part or in this patch
of the clippy, and so on. Another thing that's
very useful to do here is to join two
clips that's a sequence, that's a continuation
of the other clippy like those two clips that
I have just splitag. I gs clip is the
continuation of gs clip, and you have a just a
split between those two. You can join g two
clips to just one, or to say to make the reverse, that we have just made, that she was split the clip. To make gs, we select
gs tach point, when the cursor of
the mouse shows like Gs then we have both
selected showing green, and I can press the backspace
key to join gs clippy. Again, it cannot be made. Here, for example, because if we don't have the
continuation of the clip. I can select. Price
the backspace key. GT gives an or. Another thing that you should know about splitting clips is that if you have a clip here in the track
above another one, you can split all the clips that you have under
the play hygie to do so you need to deselect all clips by clicking
in an empty area. And prize the
control B or the C, if you have assigned the C key as a short cutch for splitting. Then we have split all the clips that's
under the Play Hedge. Let's select those edge points and price back space
two join back again. You can also select clipping and split it
only that clipping. So we'll select one
and price C. So we split it just clip
and not the other. If you have a 34
clips, you can select the ones that you want to split, and then press the
C or control B and split it just eclipse
that you have selected, Let's press control Z. And another very
useful feature that you have here in the vent
resolve is a command two. Split eclip and you remove, they starch or the
ge of that clip. I just one key press. So for example, if I want to cut out the gs patch of
the clip, they start. I can press a
keyboard chart catch to make gs in one time. As you can see, e
splitted in that patch The lit departure
that was to the left. To make this, let's
see again here the comments that we have in
the keyboard customization. Now I will search
here for a comedy that I know that's called
the stache to play hedge. We have the comedy inside
those options. Let's open it have here is touch to play Hg. As you can see,
you have a three, touch to play hag. The one that I want to say
to you is the ripple one, so let's use it. G one starch to play
hag, with the ripple. You have a key stroke short cut, assigned to each,
but you need to press trick keys to
make it gs short cutch. It's not very good
in my opinion, so I recommend you to
use it just to one key, and I use the H Key
to do g because the H Key is not assigned
to any other common. So you can use each
save and closing. To remember, you press in the plus button and
press the H key, press save, then closing, and now you can go to a parch to split the
clip in that part, and the liche the starting
part of that clipping. So those are some
efficient ways that you have to split clips here
in the vent resolving.
28. Using markers on the timeline: Now in this lesson, let's see what's a marker, and how can we edge markers
here in our timeline? So a marker is a good way to
make an notations throughout your timeline for you or for another person to make
a future adjustments, insertions, or edgings
in your time lining. So let's see how we can edge
a marker in our time line. First thing, we have
the button again, the edge marker button. So I will click here, and we have you add a marker
here, the marker one. And again, we have the
keyboard sharch Cutch to use. And I highly
recommend you to use the keyboard sharch Cutch to speed up your editing process. So remember, the MT is the keyboard chart
cutch for the marker. So I will press the M, where I want to add
another marker, and we have the marker here. We can edit this marker by
double clicking over each. This dialogue appears. We can pitch an name, let's say, something
like key transition. We can make notes here to give the marker
some description. We can even edit key
words for the marker, and we can choose the color of our marker. For
example, this one. When we are done, we click don. Let's say we have come back
here in this time line. We have many markers here. Let's add another one in page. I will press M. If I don't scrub the time
line and don't play it. I I with the play dg just above the marker that
I have just added it. I can press M again to open same dialogue
and the two here. Let's say we are now in
the future reviewing our markers and to make
these to review our markers. You can go before
the first marker, and you will press the shift and the down buttom to navigate
it through the markers. Now I have the play hedge
over the first marker. I can see here in the viewer, the name of the marker, and then anation of the marker. This one don't have any
annation. At the moment can press again
the shift and down a row to go to the next marker. This one doesn't
have an annotation. Also, let's double click
it in the puts notation. So annotation. You present, and now we
have the annotation here. And we can make
it the works that the markers are saying
at this moment. Again, if we want to
go to the next marker, we ho shift and press
the down a row. If we want to go to
previous markers, we hold shifting and
press the up around. Shift, go to the
previous, shift it down, go to the next to
remove a marker, you can click in
it to selection. It's now selected
as you can see, and you press Backspace
dit to delete that marker, or you can just select all the markers with a
rectangular selection like s, and now we have all selected, I can press Backspace dit
to delete all the markers.
29. Changing clip attributes : Hi, people, let's
see in this lesson, how we can change the
attributes of clippy, in the venture resolving, like the size of eclipy, deposition, the rotation
angle, the composition mode, to make artistic and
appealing visuals, to make changes in
the speech of eclipy, to make a stabilization,
and much more. And to starchy, let's
see in overall, what we need to do to
change eclipy attribute. So to do this, we need the
first to select eclipy. For example, G one, that I want to change
and attribute in clip. Now we need to open the
inspector here in this side. The inspector is a
panel where you have all the parameters are the attributes that you
can change in your clips, and even make animations
with those parameters, that's a thing that I will
teach you in further lessons. So let's take an overall look here in the inspector,
how it works. First thing, we have
some tabs over here, and some are in activy
because we don't have, for example, aldo
in this clipping. At the moment, we don't have
any effects applied to it, we don't have any
transition, and so on. So if we have some
of these things, those tabs will be
active and we can access those tabs to see the
parameters of that type. So here we have the video tab that controls
the parameters of the Video. Here, we have like sections of parameters that
we can shrink it by clicking in the name
of that section and expanding by clicking again in the name to see
those parameters. Here, for example, we have
the cropping parameters. I can click here to
open it or to expand. If I want to hig it, I will click it here
in the name again. Another thing to
note is that you can disable temporarily a
group of parameters, a section by clicking
G's red button. So for example,
in GS clip I have added some changes
in the parameters, and now I have it temporarily
disable the changes. And when I want to enable
again, I click it here, and I have all the parameters
set again for that group. Can also research a group of parameters or an
individual parameter. To make g in Gs circular row that you have here with
the plus sign inside it. I can research all
the parameters of the transformer
group for example, so I click here and I
have you research all. I will press controls
it to undo that action. And if I want to research you, for example, the zoom parameter, I can click in the circular row in the
side of the zoom parameter. I research the Zoom
parameter alone. Again, I will press control z
to change a parameter here. We go over the value fig. I can click and drag
it to the left to make the value smaller or drag it to the right to
make the value bigger. We can also click here to select this value fg and type a
value in the keyboard, for example, 0.5, meaning
0.5 and presenter. That's another way to change
the value of that parameter. Also have d slide their control in some
parameters, for example, the rotation angle, that can be dragged to to change
that parameter. To make the value
of the parameter, to go to the de
full value again, I can double click here in the parameter name
or attribute name, and that's different from clicking's button
because further on, when we learn about
animations with key frames, you click in Gs button, you will delete all
the key frames and you reset the parameter
to the default value. And differently from that, when you double click
the parameter name, you just goes to
the default value, but you don't remove
all the key frames. So that's the difference between GS button and double clicking
in the parameter name. So that's an overall look
that we have here in the inspector to
change the value of the parameters that
we have in acclipy, and in the further lessons, I will teach you
the details about each parameters because it can be sometimes trickier
than you think, and you have much more
control over your editins. It's very useful to
learn that detail. So let's go to the next lesson. A nice thing that you need to know is that the
inspector is present. In the majority of it pages. Here. Almost every page has the inspector like the
media Pu, for example. We have the inspector from the media page to
the Fairlight page. It's not present only
in the deliver page. So the inspector is very important and
another detail about the inspector is that it works the same way in the media
page in the Catch page In the edit page. So everything that I say about the inspector now in
the next lessons. We will apply to the edited page that we will learn
in further lessons, how to use it for more
advanced edgings, for more features to use. But I will use the inspector here in the
catch page because we have just learned how to use the catch page in the
previous lessons. So I will stay here by
now, and further on, I will start to teach you
about the edit page two. So let's go to see the details about the
clips attributes.
30. Transform Attributes : So people, let's see. In this lesson,
much more details about the transforming
attributes. Obviously, you can
come here and change a parameter and see what
it does by your selfie. But doing this doesn't
means that you dominate those
parameters to make exactly the editions
that you want or that you client wants or
that g director wants. So what I will be
teaching you in the further lessons are
all the details for you to dominate those
parameters so you can make exactly the
editing that you need. So let's start by resetting
the transform parameters of s Lions clip that I have already changed
its parameters. It's shown over here. Don't care with the color of the clip that you see that's
different here from here. That's because I
have already made a color grading work here in the color page to make
the color of this clip to match better with the
gs clip of the elephants. The color grading
is a thing that we will see further in g course. So let's reset the
transform parameters by clicking here for
the Lions clipping. And the first attribute to our parameter that we have
here is the Zoom x y. It changes the size of the
clipping, as you can see, You can drag it both in the
x value or in the y value, and you will change both values with the same amount
of change atte. And as you can see we have a
chain here, a chain buttom. And that's because
when you change the scale of the x or the y xs, most of the time, you want to maintain the atract
ratio of your image. So by the phone, the chain
button is activated. If for some reason, you want to change the
aspect ratio of your image, you can deactivate each, and now you can change the x, that's the horizontal scale, and the y, that's the
vertical scale separately. And when you are done, you can re link each again, clicking here and change
both xes together. How will double click here two, go to the D fo value. And I thing that you need
to note here is that the zoom x y has a
normalized value. What's a normalized value? It means that one
that you have here, is the 100% size or the
original size of the image. And if you have
here, for example, two, let's put two
here and present it. Now we have double
of the value for that parameters or to say
double of the size of clip. And if we put here three, we have it three times
the size of the clip. So on, I I put here 0.5, it's 0.5, we have half of
the size of the clippy. So that's a normalized value. Let's go again to the
default value. That's one. Let's see the position x and y, differently from the zoom, the position is measured by pixels and not a
normalized value. That means that if I
go here 147 in the x x. I haven't moved it to the right myclpi by
100 for seven pixels. You know that is useful to
position a clip in the edge. In some strategic position
inside your frame. For example, if you
want your clip, to stay exactly with the
edge in the center of your clip you can go here to the file tab
of the inspector. You take a look at the
horizontal resolution of the clip that's 192 inch. And you divide 9182 inch
by two and by doing, you can come here 192 inch
divided by two is 96. So you press and now
I have the lion clip. Align it exactly with the edge at the
center of the screen. If I want it with the edge exactly just going
outside of the screen, I will puch you here
nine inch two inch. And now I have the clip outside. I can make an animation. For example, this
type of animation, the clip coming in, so that's good to know that the position XN Y is
measured by pixels. Now we have the rotation angle that's measured by degrees, you can go here to 360 and
the negative 360 to the left. But you need to know that ds lider is not the
limit of your value. You can type here another
value, for example, 5,000. And it goes to 5,000 degrees. If you need in the future, when you learn about
doing animations, to make any spin
animation of your clip. It's good to know that you
can put another value here, higher than that one that this lighter goes because
that's possible. Let's double click here. And the next parameter
is the anchor point. This one is a little more
trickier than the other ones. So to show what the
anchor point does, I will open the view controls by clicking
here in the tools. In this first two options, we have the transform
view controls. It will show in the
viewer when we change any of the parameters of
the transforming Section For example, I will
change here the zoom, and now I see the view controls of the transforming attributes. This one is the anchor point. The anchor point is
the point that's fixed in the screen when you
apply a zoom or a rotation. For example, if you
rotate our clip here, this point is fixed, that's the anchor point, and if you apply a zoom, that point is fixed, and all the clippy changes
around that point. Let's again research it, and now I will change the zoom slightly just to see
the view controls, and I will drag the
anchor point to here. And let's see what
happens when I change the zoom and
the rotation angle. So I will change the
zoom, and let's see. As I moved the anchor
point to here, this point is now fixed, and the zoom is applied
around this point. So the clippy grows from that
point or sings to that point. Same thing if the rotation
angle, if I rotate, that point stays fixed and the clippy rotates
around that point. So this is the chor point. And we can use also the information about
the pixels because the inchor point is measured by pixels two like the
position x and y. So to fix eclipy, for example, exactly in this corner, the upper left corner. I can go to the pile tabbing, take a look at the resolution, and then we want the
anchor point to go, 1080/2 up and the
192/2 to the left. So let's make it in
the anchor point. I will change here the rotations slightly just to show
the view controls, and the 192/2, we have 96. The chor point has moved to the right so we need
to go to the left. Then I will change
it to negative 96. Enter now, the anchor
point is here in the left. In the yx, I can bring it to
see if it goes up or down. So it goes up positive values. So I will pitch five f, that's ten a divided by two. So my anchor point have
gone to this corner, and now I can zoom
around that point. And let's say I want
you exactly to put clip with the half size
of the original size. I will put here 0.5, and then the clip is at g
corner with a half of the size.
31. Cropping Attributes: Let's go people. In this lesson, we're going to see the
cropping attributes. If it's not expanded, you click here in the
cropping name it, to expand the options,
the attributes. As you can see, if you drag here heavy black bars in the top
in the bottom of the image. And you white to use the
cropping attributes. Can be used to make some
artistic looks to our video, like to apply a cinematic look or to focus the
attention of the viewer. In some areas of
acini, for example, I personally don't like much the black bars in films
to make cinematic looks, but if you like, you can do it with the cropping attributes. Can do even animations with
the cropping attributes, like we will do in a
further lesson with the opening of the
drones project that I will present to you, it will be an animation
of the video opening from Blackie from the center
to the top to the bottom. So it has no secrets. You just drag here. Just one thing to
know is that when you drag the slide
the way to the right. You will have a number
that represents the total pixels that you
have in that dimension, for example, the
horizontal dimension, you have here 192 inch pixels, same finger obvious
for the right. The thing to note is that
if you drag, for example, the left and the right, you will cross eventually both, and you will do the opposite
thing of cropping like gs So to make, for example, an animation of the cropping attribute
opening from the center like the crop toppy and croppy bottom with an exact value. You can just divide it the vertical resolution
of the vigo by two. In this case, we have 1080
in the vertical resolution. So I will divide that by
two that is 500 and forge. And I will put that here, 500 forge and here, 500 forge We have it the
cropping exactly in the center, and then we can animate it with key frames that I will teach
you in a further lesson, how to use it from this
value to the zero again. This soften as option, will soften the edges
of your cropping, and this option retain
image position. An important option
to know what it does. It's not so obvious. For example, let's
reset it here. Let's say we have a black bar here in the top
and in the bottom, for example, and we need to
do a zooming of the image. If we do a zooming now, it will not maintain the
position of the cropping, but if we use the
written image position, the cropping will
maintain its position, even if we change the zoom or the position or any
other parameter like the rotation
angle, and so on. So that's the retain
image position. That's what it does. Let's reset it here and here. And just to know the
cropping attributes are simple cropping options
that we have here in the inspector of
the cut and edge page. If you want to do much more advanced the
cropping of your image, like customized
croppings, I will teach you how to do this
in the fusion page. Here you can make any
shape that you want to. When cropping an image
like a custom shape, for example, it's not so limited like this
cropping attributes.
32. Importing and Exporting Timelines: Hi, again, people.
In this lesson. I will take the opportunity
to show you how to import and how to export
timelines in the vent resolving. B I will need to do
this in this lesson, because I have a drones timeline that I want to show you
in the next lesson. That's the project that
we will work you on to make our gits for you to
practice. And to do so. First of all, I have drones timeline in this project
that we are working on. That's the first
project that I called The timeline that I will impart to this project
has the same name. So I will need first to delete this one because
the vent resolving Don't you accept the same name for two time lines
in the semi project. So I will select this timeline and press
back space are delete, and I will confirm me. And now to impart my drones timeline from another project, I will go to the file menu. I already have exported that timeline from
the other projecting. So I will go here and
then impart timeline. I will find you the folder
where I have is saved you, the drones timeline that's here. And we have here the drones GRG. And this is our timeline
that I have parted, I will double click it here. And then we have imparted here, our drones time line together with our media that
composes gt line. I have already our media
here in gs drone folder. But if I don't have
it, the medi imparted. The ventures will automatically impart you for us when
we impart our time line. How can we export our time lines here in
the venture resolving. T Export, it's much simple. We click in a timeline date, we want to export and go to the Pile menu, then
export, timeline. And here we have some
options for the file format. If you want to export the T line two open in
Daventory resolve again, in another project, for example, like we have GG here, the prefered format
is the diventars of T line files, the GRG extension because that is the
most compatible formaty for the venture resolve. The other ones can be used
open in other software, for example, like the XML. So in this case, I have
used the GRT file formaty, the ventusolv
Timeline, because I wanted open my timeline in
the venture resolve again.
33. Presentation of the Drones Project: Here we are in another lesson, where I will show you
the drones project or the drones time
line that we have imported in the previous lesson. So let's take a look in this drones project
to see what we have, and we will walk you on this project
throughout our course. As we move forward in lessons, as you learn new things that we can apply
in this project. So let's take a look in this. I will press the P key in
bology to make it a fo screen, and then I will press the space bar to play
our time line. Let's go. And that it's a simple
project that we can make in the first
part of our course, we will walk on this project to the end of the lessons about editing in the cut and
in the edged page. And a very nice thing
that I want you to know, is that I'm line to do in the lessons resources
for you to mine. With the GRG extension, you already know
how to use that. So how to impart this
tine to dv resolving. You can download the end in part each in the
advent to resolve. T follow along with GS timeline, exactly how I'm showing to you. Another thing that you
should know is if you have some problem playing through
gs transitions, let's see, I will put here in the Much because I don't want
to hear the music now, I want to speak
while I play GS VGo. So let's play here. We have
GS transition and GS one. And if you have some problems, some choppy playback
while playing Gs, I recommend you to go
to the playback menu. Then in Render Cache, you choose the march option, instead of the non option. That's probably what
selected for you now. And GS option will save you in the GSK your transitions
after some seconds. Then the transitions will
play smoother in real time. And then a further
section of the course, I will teach you everything
about the under cache option, what's ds exactly and how
to manage the under cache the files because it can take
much space off your disc. So don't forget to take
a look in that section, that's the performance
section of the course.
34. Image Scaling Options: Let's go to another lesson, where we will talk about the scaling option
of your video. That's because
many times you can have an issue with
image scaling, like we have is clipping, where I have a top and a
bottom black bar. Let's say want those bars. Here, I want you the image to few the framing.
And first of all. In your Daventories
of probably you have a black back ground here that you can confuse with
the black bars. If you use this clip if called
the woman applying cream, you will probably
have those bars. But if you don't see those bars, let's go here to the
Davinories of menu, then preferences, then you are probably in
the system tabby. You go to the user tabby, then in the UY
settings. Check the use gray background in
viewers and saving. And now you have the
gray background. You don't confuse
the background with the black bars that
are video present. And why those bars happens. That's because the clippy has a differential aspect
ratio from our timeline. I click it here in
the Media Po in my Tiny one and go
to the inspector, I can see here Midapu Tine one. So that's what I'm inspecting
now in the inspector. And if I go in the File tab, I can see the resolution
of my timeline now. That's 1920 by 1080. And if I click it
here in the timeline in my clip of the
woman applying cream. Now I can see in the
inspector that I'm inspecting the woman
applying cream clip. In the Phyle tab, I have the resolution two
and four by 1080. That's a differential
aspect ratio between gsclip and the time
line that dsclip zone, and that is the cause
of those black bars. If you want to fill
the frame with gclipi, and don't have it
those black bars. Maybe you are going to Videotab, and the messing with the
Zoom to fill the screen, but that's not the
Gal way to do this. Let's reset the Zoom. The ideal way is to use the scaling options that we have here in the
retiming the scaling. Let's open it. And
selecting this clip. I can go to the scaling options. And you see that we have
here the project settings. That means that Da vinci is getting the
scaling option for this clip from the
project settings that we have set here in
this little gear. Exactly here in
the image scaling. To be exactly, we don't
us those options yet. I will teach you in this
lesson. So let's close it Let's see here in the inspector, the scale options that we have. Instead of three
project settings, we can choose a crop fat few and stretch and what each
of those options means. The crop option means that the vid hey just the size
that the Video has. For example, if you have a four K Video in a full
HG resolution time line. Video will just
appear with a double of the size of the time
lining, and DT croppi. That means that
the croppi option just don't scale the
image in any way. It stays with the
original resolution and the aspect ratio. The feature option will feat
the image to our framing, to the image appear
entirely here. Nothing will be cropping, and the aspect ratio
will be maintainergy. Few option, that's the
option that we launch now, we'll just fill
our frame entirely and can cropy the sides of vidu, or if you have a vertical
resolution clippy, it will cropy the topy and
the bottom of the vido. So this option
will fill entirely the screen and can cropy
the laterals or the topy and bottom of the vigo
if the aspect ratio of the vido is differentiate from the aspectu ratio of time line. The last option they stretch. It cannot maintain the
aspect ratio of the image. If our clip has a differential aspect ratio
from our time lining. In this case, the video has
a differential aspect ratio, and nothing will be cropd, but the video will
be strategy to fill the entire frame
of our time line, and the aspect ratio of
the vido will be changed, squeezing or stretching each, if clippy has a
differential aspect ratio from our time line. So I will put here
the project settings, and I will change in
the project settings. Watch every clip that
she says in the scaling. Project settings will have as
the option for the scaling. So let's go to the project
settings, image scaling. And here in the input
scaling, I will choose. This option here, scale
full frame with crop. That's the same option
that says few here. The name is more descript here. The options are the same. G one is the crop option
that we have here. GS one is the feel option
that we have here. GS one is the fit option
that we have here, and GS one is the stretch
option that we have here. So I will put the
feel option that's the second scale fo
frame with crop. Save it. Now, every clip that
we have in the timeline, we will use the scaling
option of filling the frame, and those black bars will
not be a problem and more. And if you want in any clip, to use a different
scaling option, you can go here in the
inspector and not to use the project settings and
choose another option.
35. Dynamic Zoom: Let's see now what's the dynamic zoom and
how to work with it. The dynamic zoom is an
animation of the zooming of our vision from the starch to the engine of the clip that
we have in the timeline. So we can zoom in our zoom t of our vigo using
the dynamic zoom option. By the pe, it comes disabled
here as you can see, and to use the dynamic
zoom in clippy. We select the clipa zways, and then we enable
the dynamic zoom. Now we have the dynamic zoom applied to our clippy.
Let's open it. And we can see that the options here are
very few options. We have a list here that will explain to
you in this lesson, and we need to open the viewer controls to
customize our dynamic zoom. Make s will go to these
options that says tools. Now we have some tools here,
some additional tools, and we need to go from
the transforming option that you selected now to
the dynamic zoom option. Now we have the dynamic
zoom controls on the screen that are the green rectangle
and the regi rectangle. What dz rectangles mean. The green means the starch
framing of the clipping. So in the starch of clippy. In the first framing. We will have a g zoom
level or gs framing, and in the eng of clippy. We will have the framing
of the reg rectangle. So let's play to understand
gs better. Let's go. I will play and you will see the dynamic zoom animation going from gs framing from
the starch of declipi, to gs framing to the
engine of the clip. Let's go. So we have a more close D
framing in the starch. And we are going to the g
to a more open framing. Let's go again to the clip, and to change it you can
go to those watch dots that we have in the corners of those rectangles
and grabbing. So now I have a clo staring, framing of our video, and let's see how it goes. We have a framing
in the eyes now. And two will animate
zooming out. We can also make the opposite of gs by going the swap option, that's the same of those
rows that we have here. And then now we have the zoom in animation
in of the zoom out because they start
framing here in the entire framing and the
end framing here in the eyes. So let's play to
see what happens. We have they start
framing wider. And we'll go zooming in. And what are the options
that we have here? The linear, the easy easy
Ouch, easing and Ouch. That means that the linear
is a linear animation, so the animation
will zooming or uch. In a linear speech, with easy in is the same option that we
have here as you can see easing We have a lower animation in the starchy of clippy. And the fast animation
in the eng of clippy, as you can see here
in the curving that shows the starchy a
more horizontal line, and in the eng a vertical line, the verge co lie the vertical lining
means a fast animation, and the horizontal lining
means is lower animation. Let's play s. We have a lower
animation at the starch. It goes Each time
faster to the eng. The opposite way, we
have the easy uch, as you can see, which means a faster animation
in the beginning. G is lower animation
at the engine. We have the easing uch
that is a low animation in the starch eng in the engine and the faster animation in
the middle of the clip. We also have some presets here
that are the Zoom Prasch, that is the first
one that we used. We have the Pupsch. If you click it here, you will see that we don't
zoom in and out. We just make a pup from the right to the
left e. Or if you click it here in the
swap you make from the left to the right Gs option, that's a diagonal movement
without g zooming in or out that goes from
gs corner to this corner, or if you swap, you go from this
corner to this corner. And of course, you
can personalize those presets, changing
those rectangles, for example, Gs, and
you als can move the rectangles by dragging them to the place
that you want you. So that's the dynamic
zoom and animation that you can make you
zooming in an easy way. And if you want to
disable the dynamic zoom, Click here and now
it's disabled.
36. Composite modes: Hi, people. In this lesson, we are going to see the compulsive modes that we have in the vent
resolving and how to use some of the compulsive
modes to make things like a burn transition and other things like this one
that I will show here to you. Let's take a look. This is a filmy burned transition
that's called. Let's see again. And to do this. We need to use the
composite modes. Let's go here to the media
pool to find our overlays that I have already provided you with the resources
of the course. If you haven't imparted
to the media pool, yet you can do it by
right clicking here, going to impart media, and you can go to
the overlay folder and impart the overlays
that you want. It's a great idea to impart
to all of the overlays. Then I have imparted then
here in the overlay being. We use the filmy burning
overlay that I have here. Let's search here for film. Burn, we have here the
film burning overlay. This one is also a film burn, but I want this one. Let's double click to
open it in our viewer. I will take out the in and
out point that I have already put here to show you how to select a portion of the
video that you want. So let's see this
part of the clip. You can use part that you
want of GS overlay because it have many fuming
burning overlays to make your transitions
the way you like. And will use GS one here. I can in scrub it here. And then I will press the right arrow to go
one frame forward. Now we will press the left
arrow to go one frame left. I will press the key to select to mark a point in
gesclip, in dispatch. Let's press the space bar to
play gs parch of declipy. We have you also the algo of gs fume burn
attached to gesclip, that's a nice thing to
have the sound effect. And I will press now the left charro to
go back one frame. Another one. You can see here that I'm going back.
Let's press again. And again, and again,
as you can see, we have you here the
filmy burning engine. I want you to note that we have a sound meter here since
we have alg in dclipi. And every time that I press
the left or right arrow. We can see here if we have some sound
being played or not. So I will press the right arrow. And I can see that we hey in
gs frame that I have gone. That we have some sound. So the sound doesn't end g yet. So I will press
again to the right. We have some sound again. I will press again to the right. Have any sound in g frames. So I need to consider the sound
effect that we have here, not only the image. So I will press here in this frame the key to
mark a notch point, and now that we have a in point and the notch
pinch in our clippy. Let's say we don't have
the transition reading stagy here like I
have made earlier, so I will delete it. Let's say I want to insert
here in Gs edged point. I will press the n key
to activate thes Nap. So I will grab it here to go
exactly to the edge point. And with the clip
selected in the Mija poo. I will press GS button here, the place on top. One will place g clip from the
n point to the Ouch point. Over the clips
that we have here, so I will click, and let's
see what we have in here. I will press again the n
to disable the Nap option. So I will grab it here, make a scrub have
our transition, but it doesn't blend with the clip that
we have behind it, and I want it to blend it. I want the clippy behind you to appear in the black
areas of dyscliping, and to do so, I needed to change the composition mode from normal that doesn't
blend anything. I will click in dysclipy, and I will change it to the screen mode to the
screen composition mood. That's the option we use to make those transitions with the
fume burns or the light leaks. That's how we call those
type of transitions. This one is a fume burn. So we will use the
screen compositmogy. The screen compostimogy makes all the black areas of clipy
to become transparent. The white areas, we
will stay totage in the areas that are
not black or white, will be semi transparent
with some color. So let's see what you have now. We have now our film
burn transition. But let's see here in
the starch of the clip. Let's put it here again to
the normal two doesn't blend. And as you can see if I press
the right and left charro. You have already two frames
with black and gs clippy. And I don't want you. I
want you clip to starchy. F g frame, that's
already a burned film. To do this, I will select gs edit point of the starch
of dysclpi, to move it. I can now see the
first frame of dyscpi, the second one and the 31, and I will press
the Dutch key in the keyboard to trim one
framing and another, and now we have here the first framing in gclipy
that's shown here too. But now dysclp is noch lined
with the starch of dsclipi, so I need to select it, I will press to activate
the snap option. I will put here in
the start of d clip. Let's put it here again
to the screen option, and let's see what we have now. It's better, but
let's say we want you to make clip this transition, this burning transition,
two starchy, two frames before
the g of dsclip. To make gs, I will select
dsclip and the press. The coma two time is
when two to move dsclip, two frames to the left, and now we have g.
It's better to me now. And that's a way to use the compulsive modes with
the screen compulsive mode. There are many other ways to
use the compulsive modes, mainly for artistic purposes. Another example that
we can have here is use instead of screen mode. We can use the edge mode that makes a similar thing
as the screen mode, but it becomes brighter
than the screen mode. So if you want the transition
to become stronger, can use the edge
mode in this case. If you want the screen mode
to become even weaker, you can use the pas geese
lighter to make it weaker, so we have G. Let's see another thing that we can do
here in the composite mode. We can do many things,
like I have said, it's possible to make many different artistic
compositions with G Other option is
to colorize a VD, with some color, and to do so, I will go here to
the effect tabbing. Then I'll go to the
generator tabbing. I will grab a solid
color over dsclipy. I can trim this color
to the ge of de clipping if I want and
to the start of declip. That's not to our eche now, so I will leave as the ese. I will click Ds clip selected. I will go to the
generator tab to change this color from
black to another color, for example, this green
color and I will click. But now we just have a
solid color over our video. We are not seeing our video because it's not
blending with the video. So we are going to
the setting Study. We are now in the generator tab. We go to the setting study where we can access the
composite mode. Do you choose the color
composition moody. Puts gs color to g
background clippy. We can putch less
color or more color by dragging the past slider, and we can go here
to change the color, for example, f one
gz way or gz way. Click and that's a way to colorize videos with some color. And to be clear,
that's not a way to make a color grading
to our videos. If you want you to
make a color grading, I will teach you in a further section of the
course about the color page, how to make color grading, that's much more
advanced than Gs. But that is a simple way to make a gs procedure of
colorizing Avid, by using the composition modes. Another thing that's
similar to GS is by using the
composition mode. It's different from the
color mode because he will colorize only the parts that have some color in each. So for example, with
the clip selected, I press g two deactivate
each to disable the clip. As you can see, we have
color in her skin, we have color here and here, and we don't have
color here here, we have just white, blacky, gray, here in the towel, we have just white. Those parts that
don't have colors won't be colorized by
the composite mode. So I have pressed the G key
again to activate dclipy. And as we can see,
we have colorized only the parts of the image that you have some
color to each. There are many many ways to use the compulsive modes to
make artistic compositions, and that's up to you now to
test those composition modes. Many other ways to
see what you can get. I will show you further and other options to use the
compulsion modes, but by now, those are some examples
that we have on how to use the compulsion modes here in the venture resolving.
37. Edit page interface overall: Let's go to another
lesson where I will teach you about the edit
page interface. Let's go here to the edit
page to know its interface because we are going to
start to use the edit page. That's much more
flexible and we have much more resources to use in our time line
than the catch page. I recommend you to use the catch page just to
make your assembly or simple projects
because it has mainly this source tape option here that's not present
in the edit page. Because in this option, you can review much
faster your material and mark in and out points to
make your assembly faster. So let's go to the
edit page where I recommend you to make the
majority of your editing. Let's take a look in the overall interface
of the Edge page. Here we have the media pu, as you already know. We can expand it or shrink
by clicking S button. We can close the media pu. It's not possible in the
catch page, for example. We can go to the effect
tube where we can access effects and transitions and
titles and much more things. We can even heavy the
media pu and effects. If we expand g panel here, we can click in the media poo and have the media
pu in one part. The fact panel in another part. Let's shrink each again. Here we have the
Index tab where we can access our clips by index, and also our markers,
and our tracks. We have the sound
library that can be a further subject
in our course. Here we can access man sounds
to use in our project. If we have those sounds
installed in our computer, I will go back to the Mijapu. I will shrink it to make
more space for my time line. Here we have the
inspector again, that's the same thing that
we have in the Catch Page. We have the semi options here. We have the metadea panel. Let's close the
inspector panel that you already know
from the media page. Here again, we have the
option to shrink to expand the metadata or inspector panel by
clicking button, and we can close it to make more space for our
viewer, for example. Have the mixer here that opens
in parts of the interface, and the mixer lets us control many aspects of the audio
tracks of our time lining, like the volume, applying
equalization and much more things that we learn
it to use further on. And here, a quick patch option. That I don't like it very much because it has only
presets to use it. We can't configure
the parching options, and then we can expat our
current time line through here. I will cancel. I prefer to use the deliver page to
make the x parching. Because it allows me to make more configurations and
to use the render queue. Data will cheat you
in a further section. Under here we have our timeline, the presentation of
our timeline that's a bit different and
more flexible than what you have seen
in the catch page because we can adjust
the zoom of Timna, both horizontally and vertically We have a split line that separates the algo tracks
from the video tracks. If you have many video tracks
or many algia tracks here, we can scroll down or scroll
up to access our tracks. Here, obviously, we
have the viewer, and we can see also two
viewers by clicking z button Now GS one in the right e is
the viewer for the time line and G one in the left is the viewer for the
media po material. But if I open the inspector
panel or the metada panel, I will not see both
of the viewers. I will see only one, the one in folks in the moment. So I need to close this panel to have both
of the viewers here. And if I click here again, I have again, only one viewer. Here in the middle, we have some differential tools to
use to make our editings, that will teach you
in further lessons, how to use those tools. So that's an overall
looky in the interface of the edit page that we are going to use in
the next lessons.
38. Organization in the Media Pool: We are now going to see how
to work with the edit page, that's the main page for editing here in
the vent resolve. And later on, we are going to continue where
we have you stopped learning about the attributes
that we have here in the inspector to
change the attributes and to make animations
with eclipse, we have stopped in the
composite section. And after you are more
used to the edit page, we will start again here in the speed change section, okay? I want to show you really
fasting es lesson. Some things about
the organization of the media po here in the
edit Paging. So let's go. First thing here
in the Tomb mod, we can go to Jesus lider and make our media appear
bigger or smaller. If we want you to
see more media, we go to the smaller option, and if we want to
see bigger tombs, we go to the right In the side, we have the beings that
we can hig and show, as you already know, if you want to create
another being, I can right click in
the being where I want to create that new being
and go to the new Bing. I will rename it my
Bing, for example, enter can even drag one bin to another being by going here and dragging over another bin. For example, this Bin
today Sparts Bin. Now it's in Day sports Bin. I can shrink or expand it the list of bins
inside this bin. And if I click here in this bin, I can delete it by pressing
back space or delete. We can also select
our media and drag it to another bin here to move
it from a bin to another. Here we have three
presentation options. This one is the term
be modi or mb, here, we have the least modi, where we have a bunch of informations in columns
about your median. We also can go to the header of the columns and the
right click it to access more options of
columns that we can go down here to see
even more options, as you can see, we
have here a arrow. And if we click here in the
checkbox of your column. We added this column
data level, for example. Let's see what where is it. It's here, data level. And if I right click here again
and the uncheck this one, it disappears from the columns that we have here.
Let's click out. This presentation
option shows metadatas. As you can see if you
over the mousy here, we see sin that's not a metadata that I have
in my eclipse here. Here we have a shot, here, we have camera, here
we have it taken. Let's go back to
the tamino mode. The search options you
have already seen before. Have you also the
searching option. That's very useful. Sometimes, like for example, you can search your
media by date added. If you have added the medias in different dates in
different times. You can know which medias
were added before or later. You can also search by type
duration and much more. Here you have the option. The menu of the media po, you have some options
here that you can try. So for example, this option
does exactly what it says. Show smart beans. We have these smart beans here. Or they show power beans that we are going to
learn in further lessons, what it power beans
are and how to use it. So let's hide again. And another thing that I
want you to know is that this menu of the
viewer here that's related to something
in our media pool, that's the live media preview. You can't see the live media
preview here at this time. That's because we have the time line loaded
in the viewer. If you want you to see the live Media
preview option here, you can load a Media from the Media poo by
double clicking each. Now we go here to
the three dots, and we have the live
media preview option. It's checked the ready. I can click it here
to close that menu, and if I ho over our clips, I can preview then the viewer with the
live media preview. If I double click in a clippy, I fix it to the viewer, and I can go here
and describe it and play this Clippy to
review and so on. So that's anoview of
the organization that we can make here in the Media
poo in the Edge Paging.
39. Edit Page viewer: Let's take a look
in this lesson. In the options that we have in the viewer here
in the edit page, how it works here
because it's a bit different from the viewer
of the catch page. Let's see the options
that we have here. First, gz one is the zoom, is the zoom of the viewer. So if for example, we use z option feature or press the Z key
on the keyboard. Image will fit to the
space of our viewer, and if I drag the
line down or pi, the image we will
still fit to space. As you can see, the
zoom here changes with the size that we have
here because we are fitting, and that's different from
choosing GS option 50%. Because that's not
fitted to our space. So if I drag it down or App, the image doesn't feat in space. So I will press the z key on
the keyboard to fit again. Another option that we have here is the actual size of ***. So now we have a time line
with the FH G resolution, and with G's option 100%, we can see the actual
size of R time line. Let's press Z again. Here we have a list of the time lines that
we have last opened. It's limited to ten time lines. Here, we have the duration
of our time line that says 51 seconds
in the 16 frames. And if I mark an point
in my time line by pressing the key on the keyboard and the
O K in other part. We have now an point
and the ch point, and now here is the duration between the
point and the ch point. Let's press out x to take out
our point in the ch point. We can see again the
duration of the timeline. Here in the right, we have the actual position of our
play hag on the timeline. So if I drag it here, you can see there
that it's changing to reflect the current
position of our play Hage. And one thing that we can do, that's very interesting in the view here in the edit page, that is not possible in the catch page is to resize
it as you have seen here. But instead of clicking here, I will zoom in with the mouse wheel by going
forward our backyard. Can also use the mouse
wheel by clicking each to drag my viewer to
any side that I want. I will press Z again
to Fitch again. We have here the jog wheel to scrub it more
finally in our Tine. We have the transport controls
to play our Tim line, like you already have seen the Media page and
in the catch Page. Here we have some options of the screen
controls that you can activate it by
clicking GS button or by going in the
list and choosy, what control do you want
to activate on the screen? For example, now we
have the crop controls. So if I drag G one, I can crop the
image accordingly. So I will drag it again to here and will disable
the screen control by clicking here
again to hide you Those are the options that
we have in the viewer. Here in the git page. It's more flexible than the
viewer of the catch page. It has much more options as
you can see, like the Zoom, to see a detail in your imaging, like the pen and uc
option, and so on.
40. Controlling the zoom of the timeline: Let's see in this lesson. Some zoom options that we have in the added
page that are not present in the Cutch
page because we have just two zoom options
in the Cutch page. GS one under here
and s one over here. So let's go to the added page. First, I will present to you the buttons that you can
access to change the zoom. Then now we'll teach you
the keyboard chart cuts that is a very good idea to
use keyboard chart cuts, to speed up your editing
process. So let's go. We have here in dis part
the options to make Zooms. One is an option
that you can drag to Zoom out your time
line or to zoom in, to see in more details. As you can see,
this time indicator over here is expanding
or shrinking. If I go all the way
up to the right. Here we have some markers that indicates each frame
of our time line. So this one is one frameage. One is another framag. Is one is another, and so on. I can also click
in those buttons to make zoom out our zooming. You can see where the
elider is going to. I can even click in some part of the lidere to bring that dot, that ball to that part, to make exactly that level
of zoom that you can know, that's a good zoom for you. Those options, this
full extent Zoom, makes the time line fits the space that we have
here in the screen, so you can see the
entire time line to access any part of it. These options goes back to the previous
zoom that you had. So if you had G Zoom, now I had G Zoom before, so it goes back to here. If I change the zoom to Gs and then I click in
the full extent zoom, then I click in the ton zoo. We go back to that level
that we had before. Gs option, the detail Zoom is a predefinite zoom with detail. So let's say we have
a GS, for example, to see my entire timeline, and I click here in
the detail Zoom. I can now have a A detail
zoom of my time line. That's a predefinite zoom
in the vent resolve. We have also some options
to zoom vertically, not only horizontally, and those options are here in
the timeline view options. We can drag the slider of the Video tracks to make the Video tracks
smaller or bigger. We had here multiple
tracks, Jesus lighter, will change the size of those tracks altogether and the same thing for
the algo tracks. We can even change the size, the vertical zoom of our tracks by dragging
the line here. So now I'm changing
individually track. If we have another Video
tracks here, like this one, the VG two, for example, let's make more space here to
see the Vdo tracks better. Now we have the Vigo one track much bigger than
the Vigo, for example. But if I go here and
drag again, Jesus lider. Now all the tracks will be, now all the tracks will
have the same size again. And now let's see the
keyboard shortcuts that we have to zoom in and
outch our time line. The first one that is a very
good is the Ouch or option. So you hold Ouch, and you row for arg, the mouse wheel, and you can zoom in horizontally
your time line. O you row backwards, the mouse wheel to Zoom
Ouch your time line. Another very good option that I use main mean Ts
is the shifty Z. The shifty Z is the
full extent zoom. So if I have a more zoom here, I press Shift Z to see
my entire timeline so I can access another
part of my tine, for example, this part. I can press again shifty
Z for the custom zoom. I go back to the preview
zoom that I had, and now I can scrub it through my time line with more
detail with more precision. And if I want to go to the
edge of my timeline again, for example, I can
price shifty Z, go to the edge of my timeline, and I price shifty Z again, and I have it again, more precision in my scrubbing. The vertical zoom has the following options
of keyboard such cuts. We have the shifty
and the mouse wheel. We can roll forarg, to make it bigger. All the tracks, we make
all the tracks bigger. Or if we roll backwards, we make the tracks smaller. So those are the
options that we have two Zoo ing and Auch,
horizontally and vertically, our tane here in the edged page, and that's another thing that's not possible in the catch page, that makes the edged
page more flexible.
41. Assembling the timeline on the Edit Page: Hi, people. Let's go
to another lesson where we're going to
see the options that we have it to remove
and insert media in our timeline here
in the edit page. I will change my time
line by going in this list that shows the last time lines
that I have opened. I will go to the P T line
because I don't want to find the P T line here in the
Mija pu by case it's here. Let's see what we have here. We have a lion in
a people timeline and that lion is in the wrong
place. It's not a people. I want to delete first of all, this lion from this timeline. I will select dysclipi, and we have two options to delete dsclipi from
this timeline. The backspace key
and the delete key. Backspace key will just delete
that clip and Olivia Gap. We can still selected Gap by clicking here and press Backspace again to
delete that gap. I will press Control
Z and Control Z again to undo those actions. And let's see the delete option. I selected the clip here. And if I press the delete key, I can delete the clip and the repos the rest of
my Tine all at once. So that's a good option if
you don't want livia gap in your timeline because that gap will be just a black screen. Can press the delete button to ripple the rest
of your timeline. And now let's see
how we can insert media in our Tmulne
here in the git page. It has some differential
options from the Catch page. So I will go here to the P Bin. I will click in the
Bing listy button, to close it, to hide it, to make M space for my media. Let's say I want to
insert GS Mig. O G one. I G one because one has, as you can see here, it has an gia track
attaches to it. Let's double click in this
clip tog to the viewer. I will scribe it to to
review my material. I will mark in point and
Ouch point with the N O key. We still have the option to use the F ten and F nine options that you have already learned. So the F ten will append to the engine of my time
line as you can see. I will delete it. And
the F nine option with the clip selected g
in the Mija po. We insert. For example, here, it will split the other clip and insert the clippy between
those two pieces. Let's press Control C, or IN with the plag
in an edged point. Will press F nine, and we will insert my clipping
that edit point. As you can see, we have
an algeotrac here, that doesn't have
alge because it doesn't have any
algo wavy for me. It's totally empty here. I want to delete gs algeoclipy without
deleting the video. Let's see if I selected the
algeotrac, not the track. Instead, I'm selecting
the clip the algoclipy. I'm also selecting the videoclip with the alga because it's
linkage as you can see here, it has a chain symbol, indicating that those
two clips are linked. That's the reason both you are selected when I click
one or the other. I I delete this clipping now
by pressing the back space. I delete both of the clips, the video clip and
the algo clippy. I don't want these. I want
to delete on the alga. So select only the alga when
it is linked to the video. I will hold the uch key so I'll select only the clip
that I have a clickag, and then I will
press the backspace, not the delete key because it will cause a problem
with the ripple. I will press the backspace key, and I can delete only the alga. Other options that we have here, Let's press the Shift Z
is by dragging our media. So for example, if I load GS media to the viewer
by double clicking, we can mark in and
point and drag it from here or we can drag it
from the media pool, or we can drag it from those
buttons that we have here. GS one drags only the VGo. And GS one drags only
the algu as you can see, the algo trache, has
nothing neat again. So I will drag only the du to our time line
with a GS option. Another option that we
have here to insert our media in the time line
because it eventualolve, has so many options for all the things that you
can do here is by clicking GS button that you already know that makes both of
the viewers appear. Now you can drag from
s viewer to Gs viewer, that is the timeline viewer, and you have those options, as you can see when I drag here, we have those options. The insert option is the
same thing as the F 90 key. The append H ge is the same
thing as the F ten key. I will append to the
ge of the timeline, and we have the overrt. I will reposition the play H here to you to see what the
overrte he really does, so I will drag here, and the patch over
the overrt button, and as you can see overwrites all the clips in that parch. The other options. You can even try those
other options there. They are very easy to understand the like the ripple
variety to just replace our clip with the other clip and ripples
the rest of our time lining. Let's press control Z. We can even drag it from those buttons to
drag only the Vj and make an insertion with those options or only the alga. But another interesting thing
that you can do here is to select the destination
track of your insertion. As you can see, we have here a ready rectangle
in first track. And we can click here in
the V two, for example. And now the V two is my
destination tracky for Vigus. And if I go here and
select a clippy in the media po and click in the Ort button that
we have here to, I will insert my media in G trak that selected
as the destination. Let's undo by
pressing control Z. When I go back to the Video one, now the Video one is my
destination tracking.
42. Edit modes: Hey, people, in this lesson, let's take a look in the edged modes that we have
here in the edged page. And what we can do with
those edged modes. The main edged modes
that we have here are those ones that we have
here in this first block, that is the selection mode, the t edge mode, and the blade mode. What can we do with
each of these modes? The first one is their normal
mode, the selection mode, where you can select and move things clips here
in the timeline. And when you trim a
clippy, for example, g one, you will levy a gapping
with this selection mode. So let's go back here to close the gapping and
the t edged mode. The t edged mode. As you can see, we have a p there that says the
name of the mode. In your letter, that's the keyboard chart cut
to access that mode, so you have the A key
for the selection mode, the key key for
the t edged mode, and the B key for
the blady edge mode. Let's see the t edit
mode. What it does. What's the difference between the t edged mode and
the selection mode? Here you can drin your clips and ripple the rest of your
timeline, as you can see. If I tring here in the starch or if I trin here in
the ge of eclipi, we always ripple the
rest of our timeline, and that's like the ripple
one of the chpa basically. There are other things
that we can do with the tr added mode like the slip of eclipi
inside it selfie, as you can see if we go here. Over aclipi, we can see a different cursor and
that cursor says that we can drag lip the clippy inside it
selfie, as you can see. So I'm changing the first and the last frame of the
clipi and the clip itself, the position of the
clip inside itself. Here in the viewer, when N is leaping the clip. We can see in the
top left corner, the first framing of the
gs clip that I is leaping. In the right we can
see the last frame of this clip that I me
leaping, and in the bottom, we can see the last frame of the clippy before g
one in the left chip. And in the right, we can
see the first framing of the next eclipy after
the clip that I is leaping. When you use each
of those modes. We are going to talk about the blade edged
mode in a moment. But before ge, we
need to explain when you use each of those two modes. For example, if you want tri eclipy here in the time
line and not leave a gap, and that is what you
want most of the time, you will press the
che key in keyboard, the che keyboard search cuch
to go to the t edged mode. Trim eclipy here and you ripple the rest
of your timeline. And you press the A
keyboard search cut, to go back to the
selection mode, to continue your normal editing. Another example. Let's say we have eclipi here, for example, here, and you
are in the trim edge mode. If you want to trim dclipy,
you will have a problem. You will ripple the
rest of your time line. Usually, that's not
what you want you are trimming clips that are not
in the first video tracking. So if you want to trim dsclip and do not mess with the
rest of our timeline, you press the A
keyboard search cut, to go to the selection mode, and you trim dscliping. If you want to trim a clip
in the first video track, you press the keyboard
search cuch and trim dsclip. Or here, for example, and you can ripple the rest of your tiline with
the t edged module. So let's press again the
A keyboard arch catch, to go to selection mode. And, I will move the clippy back to the edge of my Tiline. And let's see the
blady edged module. I will press the B
keyboard charch catch to go to the blady edged module. And now we have it when I put
my mouse over a clipping. A blades you can see, as I over my Blag
back and forth. Viewer shows exactly the frame where my mouse is
over at the moment. That way we can know exactly
where we are splitching our clippy because
the blade edge mode is to splitch eclipy. So if I click here, I can split this
clip in this part. And when to use the
blady edge mode. That's the case when you want to make many splits in the eclipse. For example, you want
to make a splitch here, another here, another
here, and so on. Mainly if you heavy A. I'll
do track if narration. For example. If you want
to catch out silences, you can go and split
with the bled age mode, the silent parts of
the clip, for example, so you can delete a later by going back to
the selection mode. I will press the A
keyboard search catch. And now I'm back to
the selection mode. I can select the
clips that I heavy. Splitag. I will hold you control to make gs to select
multiple clips. And I will select those ones. I will press delete
Now I have deleted it, that parts of the eclipse
that C I have is slitagen. Gs are the main edged modes that we have here
in the edged pagen.
43. A practical use of the Blade edit mode: And let's take a look here in practical use of the
blady edge mode. Here we have just a
lesson that you have already watched the
lesson edged page viewer. But that is the raw recording. And I make many mistakes. I stay much of the time in silencing thinking
what to say. So I need to cut out the
silent parts of my recording. So I will use the
blady edge mode to show you how I do this work. First thing, I will
position this play edge. They start fing my timeline. I will go to this button to
zooming in the timeline. And as you can see. We have here the alg wave forms
of Gs recording. We can drag this line
to make it bigger if we want to see better
the alg wavy forming. If you don't see
g alguav forming, you can go here to the
time line view options, and you select option to show the algave forms and now I will go to the blade jag mode by pressing the keyboard charge at B. I will position
this plag to the left and I will start to splitch Mclepy in
the silent parts. Before I split the clip, let's take a look at
what we have here. I will play clipping. Let's take a look in just
lesson in the options that we have in the viewer
here in the git page, how it works here because it's a bit different from the
viewer of the catch page. So as you can see, we have
many spaces with his silence, that we need to catch. We have a coffee here. So I will go to Dispachy, before I start speaking, and I will click gee splitch. And again, in dispachy,
and in dispachy, and here and here and here, I know that is a cough
because I have a plag, so I will that cough. Now to row our time line, I can click with the
middle mouse button. Drag my t line to
see another part, you can also hold down control and you roll your
mouse wheel back and forth, to go back and forth
with your t line. It is easier than
dragging's row bar, and we can continue to
split it the clippy here and here and here
and here, and so on. When we are done, let's
say we have already made all the cuts that we need to cut the silence parts
of this clippy. We can go back to
the selection mode to delete those parts, so I will press the A
keyboard chart catch. Now I'm back to the
selection mode. I will zoom out my
timeline, a beach, to see better the parts
that I have splitagy. I will select you
the first part. I will hold down the control key and select the other ones. Take care to not click. When you are in an
edge point like one, because you will lose your selection that
you have your image. So take care with that. I will select again
here and here and here, here, here, here, and here. If you need to zoom in, you can hold down the
Ouch key G row for R G mouse wheel to select
easier your part of the clippy. And now you can
press the delete key to delete all of those parts. You ripple the rest
of your time lining, not leaving the gaps. That's a practical use of the blade edge modem to cut
out silences of our eclipse. Based on gave forms that we
have attached to our eclipse.
44. Moving with precision: Let's see in this lesson, how we can move things here in the edged page with
much precision. First of all, what
we can move here. We can move a clipping. We can move the starchy
or the g of a clipping. That's what you
called the trimming. We can go to the edge mode and
move clipping side itself. That's what called the
slipping the clipping, and it is possible to make all those movements with the
clips with total precision. For example, let's say
we want two movie, a clip to the right to the
left only by one frame. To the Gs, I can go to
the selection mode. I will select the clip
that I want to movie. Let's say this
clip is over here. It's a Raw clip, for example. It's over the main subject. If I want to move it only one frame it to
the right dysclip, I can select dysclp, and you press period. Period, will move a dysclipy, one frame it to the right. Comma will move a dysclipi, one frame it to the left. As you can see, I press pyog
I move it one frame it. To the right, I will even zoom
in here to you see better. So we have here one frame and here we have the next
frame of our Ty line. I will press period. Have you moved the dysclipi, one frame me to the right
g. I will press coma, I have you move the dysclipi, one frame it to the left g. The same thing we can
do with the trimming. I can select g. For example, the edge of dysclipa, I want to extend dysclipi. Now with this edge
point selected, it becomes green
to say selected. I will press pero hey edgy
one framing to dsclipi. I extended the disclpi
by one framing. If I want to take
out one framing, I will press coma. Let's out here. Another thing that
we can do here with gs technique is by going to the ting edit modi I will select the starchy
and the g of dysclip, with the ting edit moody
that selects not theclypi, but the edge points, and I can press pyog to go
one frame me with both of the edge points of
dsclipi to the right I can press C to go
one frame to the left. So I'll press coma, coma, and I'll go many
frames to the left. Or I press period, period, per period, to go many
frames to the right. Now with the ring added mode, let's say I selected dsclip, and I went top disc. Just one frame it to the left. I will press. C. Having now lipid dysclipi, w
frame it to the left, or I press pyog if I
went to slippy dysclipi, when frame it to the right. So pyody periodi period, I have lipidy dysclipi, three frames to the right. Another thing that
we can do here now not with the
coma and the pyogy, is to move things. A certain amount of
eprames are seconds. So for example, if I
want to extend dsclip, exactly 15 frames, for example, I will select g s point of the ge of
dclipi, and I will press. Plus, as you can see, we have here a selection in the timecode with the plus sine. Now I will press 15
in the keyboard. As we can see we
have now 15 frames, we have still the
selection here, and now look here at
the ge of dsclipi. When I press the ter
key dsclip is trimag, or extended 15 frames. Same thing we can do to
movie an entire clip. So for example, if I
want to move dsclip, ten frames to the right. I can press plus 10 and press and dsclip is move the
ten frames to the right. We can move things by seconds. So for example, if I
want to move dsclip, 2 seconds to the right. I select dsclipi with
the selection modem, and I press plus two period. So now I have here plus 2
seconds and zero frames. If I want to make 2 seconds
and ten frames, for example. Now I can press
ten and I press e, and this clip is moving you 2 seconds and ten
frames to the right. And as the plus sine
goes to the right, you can also use the minus sine to go to the
left to go back. So if I press -22, for example, I can
see here -22 frames, and when I press e, I go with this clip back
or to the left 22 frames. If this doesn't work to you, go here to the playback menu, then Tymcog and see
if you have it. Those keys assigned
to the increment Tim coog comogy and
decrement Tymcog comogy. If you don't see here the
plus and the minus sign, you can go here to Da
vinci resolving menu, keyboard customization,
you search here by Tymcogm, write Tymcog. Entirely. Can go down here
and find the playback option. Expand the T Code option, that's the same thing
as going here in the playback menu and then
T code as you can see. And here, we have the option to assign a keyboard charge
catch it to those comments. If you don't have the keyboard
charge Cutch assigne here, for example, so
with nothing here, we can click in box, and I will press the minus
button or the minus key. I can assign also
another key that's the minus sign of the
non page keyboard. The same thing for the
increment Tam coogiy. I will press here. I will press the plus button or plus key, and I will press here again
to assign another key, and I will press
the now page plus, and now I can hit save
you and close you. Now I have you here, the keyboard chart cuts to the increment Tam coogiy
option or commode, and to the decrement
Tam coogy comogy. With this, we can
move things with a much precision here in the
edge page by using the coma, the period and the
addition of the Tm coogy.
45. Repositioning clips on the timeline: Hi, people. Let's see in lesson. Some details about
how to reposition clips in the time line
here in the edged page. So for example, let's
say I want clip to go before S clip in edge Pointe. That can be a bit tricky here because if I
just drag dsclip, it overwrites this other clip, and that's not what you want. So let's press Control Z. You just want clip to go before this one and the obviously
this one after G one. To make GS, it's very simple. You can hold down control and shifty and you
drag the clippy. And now you can reposition dysclipi before this one or you can even make it dysclipi go
in the middle of dysclipi. That's not a problem.
If you want GS, but in this moment I just
want to reposition then. Take care to make days snapping on when reposition
clips this way because you want to reposition
the clippy without leaving a tiny beach of ds clippy before this one by
accident, for example. So with days Napping on, you can go to this edit ponche with much
easy as we have saw. Other way to reposition
clips here in the timeline is by
cutting out clippy. Let's say one, now I want to
putch here before clippy. This green clippy. I can press the control
x keyboard chuch cut. To Cutch this clippy, we can even see here
in the edged menu, the options to
make it the Cutch, the ripple catch, the copy, the paste and so on. We have here, the control
X keyboard chuch cut. Now I can go to this
edit point if they snapping on to go exactly
to the edit point, but we have a problem. If you use just the control V, you again overwrites
the other clips. So let's press the control Z, and now to paste in search. This clip that I have a cut. I need to press.
Let's see here in the edit menu to make
the pasting search. I will press the
control shift V. So, control shift V, the clip is pasted, and the rest of the
timeline is specialty. That's a pasting search. So remember control
Shift V. If you don't remember any of
those keyboard chart cuts, you can go here to the edge
menu and see in this party, those comments, to see the keyboard chart cuts or to
click it here if you want. And another thing
that we can do here. Let's say I want to cut
this clip out of this place Now Puch dclipy in the
start of my time line. If I use the control X, I will leave a gappy.
I don't want it. I can even click in this gappy and press back
space to delete data gap. But let's say I want to make it those things in
just one tappy. I will select dsclip, and I need to make
it a ripple catch. Let's see here in the edit menu, the ripple catchy,
the control shift X. Board chart catch. So I will press control. Let's select again.
I have a click age here outside Control Shift X. Now I have catch that clipping. And you ripple the
ge of my timeline, the rest of the time line, and I will go here to the
start of my timeline, and I will press control
shift V. So this way, I can reposition my eclipse in the timeline with much easy. But now let's say you
want to past a clip. A different track. Let's say you want
d clipping to be repositioned to track
above the Video two track. Let's press Control X. You can see if I go here
in the press Control V, the clip will paste it in the first video track
because it was in the first video
track by the f it pastes in the same video
track that you had it before. So let's press Control Z, and to paste in the
Video two track. I need to turn off the out to track selector by clicking
here in the video one Other. Now the next
track that we have the Auto track selector
O is the Video two. So if I press Control V, I will paste it D clip here. Let's press Control Z. If you want you, for example, two paste in the
Video three track, I can de select the Auto track
selector individual two. Two. And then I can
position my play Hage where I want
to paste Mclipi, and press Control V, and I can paste MClipi in
the Video three track. And now I can turn you on again, the Auto track selector
for those tracks.
46. Link between clips: People in lesson, let's take
a look in the Lynk clips. What's the link between clips? And how can we work with
alynky between clips? First of all, let's put Sclipi, that heavy and now the track
in it in our time line, so I will select this
clip and the press F ten to appended clip to the
end of my time line. I will press shifty z
to see the entire clip. As you can see, we have
an audiotraci here, attached to this clipping, and you can see that we have a g chain here in
the Video clippy, G, and other chain
in the aldioclipy. It means that those eclipse
are linked together, and if I selected Gs one, for example, I'm selecting both of then or if I selected G one, I selected both of then two. If I drag dsclipi, I'm dragging both of the
clips that are linked. If I trim dsclipi. I trim both of eclipse. Same thing with the algclipy. I will trim both of eclipse. If I select one of the clips, I select both and I can remove both of
the clips at a time. That's because the clips
are linked together. But as this algo
trache has no algo in it because I don't see
any aldavy form here. I will change gyclipi by
another clippy with some alga. Let's reposition here in the timelines clips and I will
drag a music a song here. G Song song, I will select it. I will go to my timeline. In the start of gclipi, I will press the key
to mark a end point Here in the ge of dsclip, I will mark a notch
pointy by pressing the k with this song selected, I will press in gs button, the Orie clip and I will select
dclipi, in the Mja pool, and I will click it
in the Ort button to Orite that the aldo
trach with my song. Now you can see that we don't have any more that
link because that link was between GSClip and the other algo track that
we had the udoclipi. I I drag GS clip, for example, song doesn't goes together. If I want it then to be linked. I will need now to
select both of them, right clicking one of them, and then I need to check
the Linky clips option. Now I can see the
chain here and here, indicating that those
clips are linked. Now, if I move one of the clips, both it will be moved. If I trim one of the
clip both will be tried. One, and we can even
select multiple clips like many video clips and many audio clips and
link all of them. I will right click in any of the selected clips
and the link clips, and now they are selected. If I click on any
of these clips, they all will be
selected together, and we will move together
or train together. Now, let's say I went to
select only one clip trim, only one of the clips
that I have linked. I can do this by holding Ouch or option in the keyboard and
clicking in that clip. Now I have only
this clip selected, even if they are all
linked together, and I can trim this clip. I can select again
and move this clip. Apart of the other clips. Let's press control Z
to undo that action. Can also disable this
linked selection button to make the same thing. I can now go to any of
the clips and click to select then a part
of the other clips. The linked selection
is a good thing to make clips to be linked
like the NE says, because when you have the clips synchronized
with each other, don't want to change the
synchronization of the clipse mainly when you have the Du
synchronized to the algume. That's very useful to
link the clipse this way. They move together, they trim together and do all of
the stuff together.
47. Removing clips from the timeline: Let's go people to another lesson where
we are going to see. Some details about how to remove clips from our time line. That can be a bit tricky to the beginner and I
will show you what's the problem that
you can have when trying to delete clips
from your time line. Let's say, I will see
what we have here. Let's play and we have. Just a lightlik transition like, you have learned in a previous
lesson, how to do it. But let's say now we went
to delete, is light like. From here, and if you
just selected dysclipy, and press delete, let's
see what happens. It eats a part of dsclipi. As you can see, let's press
control it, you see again. Let's select, press delete, and we have eated trid
a part of dysclipy, and rippled the rest
of your time line. I don't want that. So
let's press Control Z. And let's see how
we can properly deleted this clip
from our timeline. So first of all, we have it two ways
to delete clips or to remove clips
from our time line. One way is by pressing
the delete key, this option will ripple
the rest of our timeline. So if I delete this clip, for example, they
are linkage now. So I will right click and unlink it those clips
by clicking here. I will click it here to the selected the clips
and the click it here again to select
it. Only this clip. If I press delete here
in the edit page. I will delete disclpi. And the rest of my timeline will come to the left
to close the gappy. That's the ripple
of my timeline. Let's undo this
action by pressing control Z. I will
select again dysclpi. And if I press the
back space key. I will leave a gap so my timeline will not
be ripple in with this second option that we have remove eclipse
from our time line. So let's press Control Z, and let's see when you
use the delete key, and when you use
the backspace key. The delete key, by de fe, you want to use it when you are deleting eclip from
the Video one track, the first track that you have because you want to maintain everything synchronized with the Video one tracky
that's the main track, the A row that you we call. So when you delete eclipy
from the first video track, you will probably want to use the delete key to ripple
the rest timeline and don't mess with the synchronization of the clips that you have already edited. And if you want to remove a clippy from a track, above it, the Video one or to say any other video tracks that's
not the Video one track. You will want to use
the backspace key to don't make it the
ripple of the timeline. So I will press now the
backspace key to delete. Clipping, Then I can delete this clipping don't mess in with the rest of my time line. Those are two ways to remove
clips from the time line, the delete key for
the visual and track most of the ting and
the backspace key to delete clips from
the tracks above because the backspace key
here in the edge page, don't confuse with the
catch page that we could delete with the delete
or backspace key with no difference. Here in the edit page, the delete key will ripple
the rest of R time line and the backspace key will not ripple the rest of R time line.
48. What’s Alpha Channel and Luminance information version 2: This lesson, let's understand you what's Alpha channel and iluminous information of
an image or of a Video. So let's see here we
are here in fusion, just to show you
some things about the channels that and
image can have it. And basically, all images, all digital images, hey three channels that
composes the image. Those three channels are the
color channels, as we call. That are the red channel, the green channel, and the
blue channel of the image. The computer doesn't represents
the image as colors. It represents as a gray scale
of image like this one, that tells your software. The areas where you should you have more of that
color of that channel. For example, this channel is the regi channel of this image. So the brighter areas tells the software
that this image should you have more regi in those
areas and the darker areas, for example, here,
tells the software that this area should
have less regi. And the same thing applies
to the other channels. GS one, for example, is the green channel
of this image. The darker areas tells the softa that GS area should
heavy less green, and the brighter areas
tells the softare, that it should be
heavy, more green. GS one is the blue channel, just for example, in this image, and that's how our images, our videos are
composed digitally. But sometimes some
images are some videos, can heavy a fourth channel that's called the Alpha channel. One, for example, doesn't
you have an Alpha channel. If I go to the Alpha
channel of g's image, it shows only white. It has no information
in the Alpha channel, that's also a gray scale image or to say a black
and white image. That basically
tells our software, where the image should
have a transparency where the image
should be opaque. That's the propose of
the Alpha channel. To tell our software
where the image should be opaque and where the image
should be transparent. PNG images, for example, can have an Alpha channel, a quick time video
to say a Video if the extension doch MOV can
have Alpha channel two. For example, an image that have Alpha channel here
is this B image, that's a PNG image that I have. I will puch it in the
resources of these lesson. This image has an alpha channel. Or to say it has transparent
areas here around the B. So if I go to the
Alpha channel here, I can see a black
and white image, where the blacky areas tells our software that those
areas should be transparent, and the white areas
tells our software, that this area should be opaque. So I will go back to
the normal image, and we can see that
the area where we see the B is opaque and around
the B is transparenty. That's because the Alpha
channel of this image. Same thing with this text. This text has an alpha channel. So if I go to the Alpha
channel of this text, I can see a black
and white image where the black areas
are transparenty, and the white areas are opaque. So basically, the
Alpha channel is a fourth channel of our image with a black
and white image, that tells our software
where the images should be transparent and where
the image should be opaque. And what is luminous
information. Luminance information
is another way to fk our image as being brighter
or darker in some areas. So the luminous
information of our image tells our software where the
image should be brighter, for example, here or here, and where the image
should be darker, for example here, or even
a color, for example, here, is a darker gi, than here, and here is a darker gi
than here, for example. And why are we talking about alpha channel and the
illuminanus information? That's because in
the next lesson, we are going to see how to use the composition modes that we
have here in the edge page. Those last two ones that
are the foreground, the Alpha inverted
Alpha luminance, and the inverted illuminance, that we can use to
make match transitions and cut outs of our
images or our Videos. Using the luminous
information of some images or the Alpha channel of some image or of some Video. So now that we understand you about the Alpha
channel whats, the Alpha channel and what is the luminous information of
an image or Alpha Video, we are going to see how to use those composition modes
in the next lesson.
49. Foreground, Alpha and Luma composite modes: Now in this lesson,
let's see how we can do. Just type of thing to cut out a video with some
shape like texting. We have a sun sate here in the background in the fora
ground inside the text, we have another video
as we can see here. And to do this, we
need to learn about the compulsive modes for a
ground Alpha inverted Alpha, luminance or luma, and
the inverted luma. Let's take a look. First of all, let's delete it and
put this clip here. I have obviously put this
clip in the video tree track. GS one individual one. We needed three video
tracks to use it properly. The composite modes that we are going to see in this lesson. So I will put S clip
individuo T tracking, the other one in the
vido one tracking, the sunsetting, and I will
leave the Video two track. If I space it to
use another clip or another thing that's a text
to make our composition. We'll go here to bring the
text in the effects, two box. I can expand it
and go to titles, and then I will
grab a text plus. Don't worry about the
titles because I will teach you everything about titles
in a further lesson. Here in this lesson,
we are just going to use this text because it
has pha channel in it. I will grab this text
here to my time line, I will train it to expend you. I need to select you this text. I will go to the Video
tabbing, then title. I will type some text
here like Happy. For example, I will G
track to see my text. I will click in my text
again to customize it. I will change the font. I like a GS one. I will make the text
bigger to appear better. Then now I will enable again the clip by selecting
it and depressing G. The first thing
that I need to do to cut out dclipy
with the text. I by going in the composition
mode if this clip selected, I will change from the normal, that's where it is by the
fool and I will go to the foreground g because always in this type
of compositions, the clipa bove needs
to be the foreground. Clip in the middle,
we need to make it now as Alpha or inverted Alpha. So we selected this title
or text plus clipping, then I will go to the inspector
here in the setting stub, to go to the compulsive modes, and I will choose Alpha. If I want to the Video
of the foreground to be inside you the text or I
can choose the inverted. Alpha, if I want to the foreground Video to
be outside of the text. This way, I'm using
the Alpha channel of the texting to cut gsvgum
that is in the foreground. Or to say the paground
compostimogm. And what we have
in the background, is just dysclipi with
the normal compostimod. G one above needs to be in the
forground de compostimogi, G one in the middle, that is the clip that
C the foreground, needs to be in the Alpha or inverted the Alpha
modem compostumogim, and that's because we have Alpha channel in
dysclip of the text. But if I want to use the
luminous information, if the clip doesn't have
alpha channel in each, we should use the luminous and inverted
luminous compulse modes. Let's see here, for example. If I grab another clip here, I will go here two photos. I will go here to the
match overlay match. And let's say G
one, for example, if I grab GS one here and I
pitch this clip over here, I will make it here in a
transition of those two clips. So I need G one to be in the
foreground complete mode. Now, just one in the
middle, let's see it. This one doesn't have
an Alpha channel, which is just a clip
that goes from Blackie. Two totally white. So I will use the luminous information of
dysclipy, because we have it. It's starting from
totally blacky going all the way up
to totally white. So totally low
luminous information, two totally high
luminous information. So I can enable dysclip again. This one is already
the for ground. This one will be then the luminance or the inverted
luminance. Let's see. In this case, I want S
one to be the first clip, of course, and GS one
the second eclypi. I need, as you can see here, I need to have the luminance. Then we have a transition. And if I had the g
clippy under here going from the totally whitey to
totally blacky. Let's see it. Here it goes from totally
blacky to totally white. But if you had it
the opposite way, for example, if I go
here in the change, the speed of each backwards, we will see g in
a for the lesson, how to do speed changes. Much more in details. Now I have the clippy
going backwards. A to say from totally
whitey to totally blacky. And in this case, I need to use the inverted. Luminous compulsion
mode for dclipy for my transition to
work the way I went. So we have this
transition, very nice. Using the luminous or the
inverted luminous information. That is the black and
white information, how bright or how darky dclpy is to determine what should you
appear from the foreground, and what should you not
appear in the foreground.
50. Speed change: People, let's start
to this lesson. Where I will teach you about the speed change options that we have here
in the inspector, some details that we
have in those options. So I will create a
new time line here. W those two clips, G one and G one. And as you can see, those are virtual clips
Vertical resolution. If you have in Dot
you can click here in the information
button and you can see here 1080 by 91810. So I will select
those two clips, right click, create a new time
line using selected clips. Now I will pitch
here, speed changing, and I will not use the
project settings because the formaty of our timeline would be a horizontal
resolution. So I will click it here in the U vertical resolution to
make it 1080 by 982 inch. I will click it creating, and here is our time line. Let's see, this clipping
that we have here, the guy back flipping
from the wall. We'll select you this clipping. And here, in the
speed change options, we have the direction. So this is the forward to
say the Farge direction, place the clip Farge. And if I click it gs one, you already know that we are going to have a reverse clippy. We can go back to the normal for g clipping by clicking here. Before I do, you can see here
that the Spech is now -100. That means that we have the
normal clippy Spech reversg. So I will click here
to make it again, goes to 100 Speg. This option is the freeze frame. I will use each later. I will show you how
to use each properly. So before we talk
about the speech, the Speg is not m tricky. You just make e faster in
percent or make it is lower. So if you want, for example, aclipy, two times faster. You put here 200, and you have the aclipi,
two times faster. You can also use the
frames per second. Clippy has 25 frames per second, as you can see here
in the Pile tab. So if you have a 50
frames per second g, you have two SPG. And let's see what the option
ripple time line does. I will make it go
again to the 100%. I will trim this clip to here. As you can see, if I make dsclipi faster
without this option. I will leave you a
gap there or if I close this gap by
deleting this gap, and if I make dsclip is lower, Dclipi remains with the
same duration here. Let's say I don't want it. Let's make each again to 100%. If I click it here in the
ripple timeline option, and I change it to make
it faster, for example, it will heaple the rest of my timeline and change the
duration of my clippy. If I want the clippy to be
slower, for example, 53%, Mtine is ripple, it's speci to the right The duration of
the clip now is longer. So my clip ends at the
same frame as before. If I have the option
ripple timeline, check a. And the rest of my
timeline is ripple, especially if I make the clip is lower or it's
gravity to the left, if I make my clippy faster. How do you use option, that's the freeze frame option. This option is to freeze
frame like the name it says. If I go here to this
frame, for example, and I want you to
freeze frame me for a second then I go here to
the freeze frame option. I will click here. It will
be split at that position, the clipping, and then we
have here a frieze framing. Let's say I want you
exactly 1 second. So I will press to go
to this edge point. With nothing selected, I
will press plus one period. And then I will split
the clip pressing C or Control B and selected clip to
continue our clipping. So from the freeze frame option, I will go back to the Four
R G option and we have the continuation of our
clip here after 1 second. So I will plate to see our
frizzy frame. And that's it. G option, the pitch
correction is an option for when we have it audio
attaches it to our Video. For example, I will
butch in my time line in Gs lesson 30 that
has inaudo track. So I will click in
Gs and press F ten. I will select Pach here. For example, g one, I will split you here, delete this one with
the delete key. I will split you here again with the C key and the select
one and press back spacing. I will press shifty z. And let's watch dispach. Let's hear the viewer here in the let's trim di sparch a bit. The viewer here
in the edit page, how it works here. So let's say I want d part of the clip to be half the speg. Let's say I don't have the
speech correction checkag. So I will put it here the 50% with the ripple
time line checkag, to make my clip e longer. Let's see what we have now. Page As you can see, our alga, edge the pitch
change to a very low pitch. That's not what I want. So I will undo by
pressing Control Z. And I will check the speech
correction for my alga. Don't change the pitch when I change the speech
of the clipping. So will will again
pitch here 50%. And now let's see
what we have here. The viewer hearing
the edge page. How it works here. And now if the pitch
correction option check at it. I can change the PG to
50% like I have a MG, for example, and the alga
remains with the same pitch. Same thing happens if I
want the clip to be faster. If I don't have the pitch
correction option check at it, I will make my alga to be
with a pitch very high. And if I have the pitch
correction checked, the pitch will be corrected
to match the same pitch of the original alga with
the original Spig So, those are the options
that we have to make PD changes here
in the inspector, but we have much more options to make PD changes with EPT points, for example, using the
real time controls that we are going to see
in a further lesson.
51. Slow motion style editing: Low motion style editing. That's what we are going to
talk about in this lesson. So we have seen the speed change options to change the speed
of the clips, and we can make the
islo motion clips, and we have three options of is low motion modes in
the vent resolving. To access the is
lo motion modes. We go here in the
retiming scaling section, and then in the
retiming process. Here we have the three
options that we have, that is the nearest
the frame e blanche and the optical flow. Project settings just gets the option that's set in
the project settings, as you can see here
in the little gear. We go here in the
master settings, we go to the bottom of
the master settings, and then we have the framing
epulation section with the retiming process that has the same options
as we have here. Here, for example, we
have set the near ST as the project setting
for the retiming process. So when we have here the project settings
for retiming process, we get you the option
nearsT, in this case. So watch we have in each option of these
modes of low motion. To look this, we will mute the play back here in
the vent resolving. We have here a clip of cars making drifty.
Let's watch it. And they have already set it to a slow motion at 50% of the
spig of the original spig. And as you can see, we have some stuttering in
this low motion. And that's because we are using the default is low motion, that's the nearest,
that's the most basic, most simple is low motion
mode that we have, that only makes new frames to create the illusion
of low motion. So for example, if
we have here 20% of the Spig the vent resolve to create this islow
motion clipping. Well replicate the
near ST frames to create that slow motion. So if I press the arrow here, for example, the right
arrow to go for arg. I'm changing to the
next frame, the next, the next As you can see, we have a frozen image. And when I press, again, we have the new image,
the new framing. I will press the
right arrow again, and again, and again, and we have the frozen frames replicated from the
nearest framing to create das lo motion. And then in sometime
in some position, we are going to change
the frame it to the next. So that's the option nearest. That's what a does to create das lo motion inside
the vent to resolve. Other option that we
have is the frame blend. As the name says, it just blends the frames to
create the slow motion. It blends the cente framing, the last framing and
the next framing. So if you play here, for example, let's play in
the frame blend option. You can see some
differenti motion here. It looks more fluid, most of the timing in
most of the eclipse. And if we stop
here, you can see, for example, that we have
some ghosts here and here, for example, here again, and that's because
the venture v is blending the frames to
create a new frames. If I press here the right arrow, we go to the next framing
and next and next, and next, and we have some different framing for
each new framing that we have. And that's why the
frame blende option looks more fluid than
the option near est. So that's the frame blend
option of low motion. Each blends frames to
create new frames to make the illusion of his low motion when you speed down eclipy. And the last option that we
have is the optical flow. It's a special option that you uses artificial intelligence that's inside the
dvent to resolve to create new frames between
the original frames. Let's see it to here in action. So that's the
optical flow option. But as you can see here, we have some problems sometimes with the
optical flow option. That's not the best
option every time. In this clip, for example, you can see that it is
not a very good option. That happens because we have motion here,
changing motion, and some high speed, and that is what causes a problem with the
optical flow option. This clip, for example, we don't have much motion, much difference from
a frame to the order, and we don't have so
much details here. And then if I go in d clippy, I have already set it to 25%. And I use the
optical flow option. It will be much better
than this clipy, with the optical
flow. Let's see. We can see a perfect
motion here applied, and it is very fluid with
the optical flow option. If I go to the nearest option, you will see that it is
stuttering. It's not so good. If I go here again
to the optical flow, you will see the difference. It becomes much more fluid. Another example where
the optical flow won't be very good is this one. Let's zoo in. Let's play this clip to see. You can see that we have
a very fast movement of the cars passing in
front of the camera, so we can predict that the optical flow won't be a
good option to this clipping. So let's make this
clip is low motion. So we will change here
to 25%, for example. Let's play with the
project settings option, that's the nearest option. You can see that
the cars stutters in this is low motion option. And now we use the optical flow option.
Let's see what we have. When the cars comes very
close, it becomes distorted. As you can see, it's not so bad here when the
cars are at a distance, but when it comes
near to the camera, it passes very fast, and then the optical flow
can make some distortions. As you can see here,
if we stop you here, sometimes it's not so bad, but You'll decide if you like the distortion
created in each clippy. In the next lesson, we are going to talk about the motion estimation
option that works together with the
optical flow option. It only works when you have applied the optical
flow in acclipy, and those options can make it the optical flow work much
better in some situations.
52. Motion Estimation: In this lesson,
let's take a look in the motion estimation
options that we have in the entry solve
that works to make a better optical
flow is low motions. Here when we have the
project settings, as you know, we are getting the option from the
project settings. So let's take a look in the project settings,
what we have. The motion estimation mode
is the Standard d faster. So let's go here again in the motion estimation
of dS clippy. Let's click it, and the
options that we have here are those options from
the Standard difaster to the speed warp. From here, the top option. To the bottom option, we have the faster
processing option, but with the less quality
and going to the bottom, we have each time a heavier
option with more quality. So this option is
faster than this one. But he has less quality, and same thing from this one to this one and d one to
this one, and so on. This option, the speed warp
is obviously the best option. But it is very heavy,
very, very heavy. It can crash this yard of
inventories of sometimes. This option is only
for the studio option, the page option of
d vent resolve. If I play here, it doesn't you play
needs two cache here. I recommend U to use the cache option here
in the playback menu, andre cache is March and the U for Gs line
to become all blue. That means that it is cache g. I will turn off
the cache here because I don't want two cache Gs clip with
the speed warp option. Only want to show you that it's the Davinur
resolves to option. So you will have this
water marker here. So you can use in the free option only
to see the results, but you will have
the water marker. That makes it unusable
in the free version. The best option that we
have in the free version of Daventursolve is
enhanced better. This one is a heavy option, but it has the most quality possible in the free
version of Davinur resolve. So let's play it to see. It's not anywhere near as heavy
as the speed warp option, but it is not as good
as the speed warp. You can see here that
sometimes you have more distortion than
the other options, so you need to
choose it carefully. What option you choose from the motion estimation
list to create the better new frame
is far slow motion, trying each of those options. Let's see G one, for
example, Let's play here. Let's scrubby, let's see G one. Surprisingly, the
standard faster option looks better here, but we have some cutouts
here, some problems. But in the hansae better, we have some other problems here as this very
distortion of the car. Let's see another
car here. This one. It doesn't work so good in all options, in
all situations. Let's see other one here, for example, g one. This one, if I put you
here in the hedge better. Let's see here in this part, for example, we have
some distortion here. We have some distortion
with this building. And if we use it here,
the enhanced better, it's not distorting
the building anymore. So it becomes somewhat
better. That's it. You need to try in your
situation in your clip to see, what option works
better to use it, but in general, the
enhanced better, will deliver better quality than the standards faster
and will behavior.
53. Guided Exercise 2: People, in this lesson
we are going to make it. The next to guide the
exercise of our course. So I will ask you some things. And you will pause the
video, and you answer me. Or you can answer without
pausing the video. So let's go. The first question that I
have to you is where you can see the total duration
of your timeline, here in the edge page. And you where you can see the current position
of the play Hage, the time code of the current
position of the play hedge, here in the timeline. Two questions in one. So let's go answer to me. So we are back to
answer this question. Have you answer
correctly. Let's see. We have you over here,
the total duration of our time our currentul
d time line, that's the cars tine, and it says three -1
second and 12 frames. The second question of the one
question that we have made we can see the timey code of the current position
of the play hag. There are two places
where we can see g. G, one is the current position
of our play hedging, the timey cogen
that says 1 hour, one minus, 12 seconds,
and one framing. And here we have also
the same time cogen. If we change the current
position of our play gi, we can see that the timey
code changes. Wait. Why we have it 1 hour? Because our timeline
only have it 3 minutes. That's because by de fold the
vent resolve uses tymcogy, starting from 1 hour. So we have it here in the
start of our Timeline, 1 hour Tam coogi. That's by an historical
reason that will not explain here because
that's not our purpose here? Explain the historical reason of g Tam coogi is
starting from 1 hour? You can change gs in
your timeline when you create the timeline.
That's not a problem. You ignore gs 1 hour
and we have here, for example, one minus and
14 seconds and four frames. Now, the next question
that I have to you is about the tumbino mode and
the icons that we have here. Want you to answer me. The type of media
that we have basic on the icon that shows
in the Tbinomoga. Here we have the Tambinomogi. I ask you what type of DS
media is Basic on DS icon. You can pause and answer me. I will ask you about
another types of media. I will answer to you later. So one basic on this icon, what type of media
do we have here? Now let's go to DS one. What type of media
do we have here. If it is P X Y icon, And last, I will ask you about this
one that we have the Px Y. And we have this
other icon here. What type of media do we have? Let's go. Answer to me. So now we are back
in for the answers. And let's go to see GS one. One. This icon indicates that
we have here a timeline. Same thing we g one and g one, those are time lines, and also we have
a timeline here, but little gear we the icon
of the time line indicates to us that we have a
timeline we fit different settings from
the project settings. So that's why we have
that little gear there. The second icon that I
have SGU is this one. This one indicates
that we have an image. So we have an image here
here and here, and so on. If you tell me that you
could see that it was an image because it has
an image extension, I will say to you we can
have here, the name changed, for example, B, and without the original name
with the extension. So we cannot base your selfie the name of the clippy to find what type of
clippy disease, what type of media? Because sometimes we won't
have the extension with each. So we need to be based on the icon to discover what
type of media we have. One the Px Y indicates
that we have a video here with the
approximeda attached to it. So we have created
the aproximeda by right clicking and you going
to generate Proximedia. And this one, we have vigo again with a proximga attached to it. And we have an algia
tract attached to this clipping because we
have this algia icon. If you have just a
tumbin without any icon, we will have vigum. And if you have a algio wavy form like this
one, we have nadie. Let's go to the next question. I will go here to the
Cutch page because I want to ask you something
about the Cutch page. And my question now is, how can you make a
fest assembly of a new time line using the
resources of the Cutch page. The chip for you is
that we have a button. That's the first step to
make it our fast assembly. So pause the video and try
to answer me which button of the Cutch page we can use it to review our furg and make
you a fest assembly. Let's go. So we are
back for the answer. Button right here, we
have the source taping. And when we are inside you. A Bing, you can click
in the source tape, you see all the clips in a
sequencing here in the viewer, and you can review by playing the clips or by scrubbing here, or you can scrub
it more precisely, using the joggy wheel. And the next step to
make the fast assembly, I want you to answer this 12. So let's go try to answer. Okay, we are Becky. Have you answered correctly. So let's go to the answer. The next step to make the
first assembly is to use the I and O keys in the keyboard to mark a point
where we want you. We need to go to the parch
of the Video pch point. So I will press I. I will go to the parch of the Video
that I one and point, and I will press O. Answer me, the next
step it that we have to do to make
our fast assembly. The chip for you is to use. A keyboard short catch to make your insertion that Tine faster. So let's go answer me
the next step it to a Peng gs part of the vid
to the ge of the timeline. So we are back for the answer, and the next step is to
press F ten in the bog, to make our insertion to append our video to the eng
of our time line. I have a clickage here. We should not click
it here if we are assembling in the time
line, to make it faster. I only click age here to
show you that the clip have been appended in the
eng of the time line. But now I go back to the source
tape I continued to make our marks in eclipse with the point and the Ouch
point and press F ten. Then we are going now to the
next clippy and marking in point and Noche point
and press F ten again. And so is the process of
making a fest assembly of our timeline using the
source tape of the catch page. Now, the next question that's
the last you one for you. I will go back to
the edged paging, and I will put this clip over here just to make the
question for you. And now I will press shift it for you to see the
entire timeline. And I want you to see carefully
our timeline and tell me what's the clip
that I'm inspecting right now in the
inspector. Let's go. Do you have the
answer? So let's go to the answer to see
if you are correct. The clip that I'm inspecting
right now in the inspector is the drift two MP
four that is d one, and that's because I don't have any clip selected
in the time line. And my play hedge
is over d clipping, and this clip is the topmost
clip under the play Hg. If I don't have a
dclipi over here, if I drag dclip two here, and the select the clip that I will be inspecting be g one, g the drift g one clipped. As we can see here, the name of dsclip
in the inspector. If I click it
dsclipi, for example, now dsclip is in the inspector, besides the fact that I have the play aging, not over dsclip. So it's in the inspector
only because it's selected. If we don't have clip selected, the clip that is inspected in the inspector is the topmost
clippy under the play age. So this way, we have ended
our second guided exercising, and now let's go to
the next lessons.
54. Retime controls: Hi, people, in this lesson, we are going to see how to use the thymic controls options that we have in d
vent resolving. That's a much better way to make speed changes in our clips. Mainly if you want
to make the clip with different
speeds in each part. For example, if I went dclipy
from dispat to be is lower, and before dispatch
to be faster, we can use the
thymic controls and D speech points to
make it much easier. So while you reset here the seg of dsclip by
double clicking here. Now I have a 100%. I want to focus only on dsclip. So you selected those
clips and press delete, not back space, delete to close the gap to remove the
clips and close the gap. O you press Shift
Z to fit dclipi. In the space of my screen, I will close the inspector and the Mija I will make
it bigger here, and I will grab it Gs and to
use the retymic controls. I will right click
in this clipping. And I have here the rtymic
controls or better than Gs. I recommend you to
use the keyboard charge cuts every time that
you can remember each, you have the control r
keyboard charge cut you use. You select the clip
and press control r or Cang r in the making, here, we have the
rhtymic controls. Under here, we have the
option in G L little arrow.'s a menu where we
can make it many things. We will explain to you the speech points option
in the next lesson. The other ones that we
have are to reset to 100% or the original
speech of the clipping. We have the changing spege, with some predefinit
speeds here to choose it. And here we have
the freeze frame. That's a option nice
to explain to you because when you have
the speech frame here in the inspector, when you click in s option that she also freezes the frame. Make some different thing. If you remember, when
you click it here, you splitch the clippy and freezes the
rest of the clippy. So if I have here, for example, in this parche, and the clicking in the frizzy
frame, in the inspector, I have a frizzy frame to
the edge of the clippy here and not frizzy
frame before dspchy. That's not very good, so I will press control z. And here, as you can see, we have a freeze frame in dspchy of our video and
notch in dspchy, not in the sparge. That's a very good
thing that we have in the time controls because we don't need you to
split the clippy, and you can change the
point of your frizzyprame, at any time that you want. So to change the point
of this frizzyphme. First, you can
drag it over here, to change the point
where it starts. If you want to extend
our frizzy frame, you can go here in the top
of speech point that we have here and grab it and you can extend it or reduce
our frizzyprame. So all disparity
that you have here between G speech point
and G one is a 0%. Speech, so we have
here a moving Clippy, and here, we have
a freeze frame. And here again, we have the movie clip
again, 100% speech. If you want to take
out this freeze frame, you can click it here. And you remove freezzy frame. Let's see another options
that we have here. I will research this clip by clicking here in
the research clip. So we don't have anymore
those speech points that we have We'll go here and we have the option to
reverse the segment. That's the semi options
as we have here. The rewind will make the
clip at the end rewind. Let's press shift z. I will go back from the engine. And then it will
go again forward. And you can change the
position of gs rewind clip. So we have here, for example, it ends here and the rewind. You can extend the
g rewind portion by dragging under here, this spitch point,
not over here, but under here, So I'm
extending to dipty and I go for arg than reg to dS
parch and back for arg. You can even change
the PG of each segment by using this top part
of gs spit point. G one is I spitch point. So if I grab it here, take a look in g -100%
because it will change it. So I'm making dispach
faster or if I extend you, I make it dispar lower. Same thing with the other parts. For example, g one, I can make it faster
by grabbing over here, not under here, and by
going to the right. I can make each is lower, as I can see here, and for the last
part of the clippy. We don't have here,
the spitch point, but we need to go over here. No here that we have
the ting option. We go over here when
the cursor of the mouse becomes g way and we drag
it to make each faster, as you can see here, or
to make each is lower. By going to the right. This way, we can change the SPG of each
segment separately. So here we have a 72%. Here we have a reverse
segment, if it -110%. And here we have a 78%. And to use properly
the retimic controls. We need to understand a little better how to use
the speech points. So in the next classon, we are going to talk about the speech points of
the thymic controls.
55. Speed points: Now in this lesson, we are going to talk about the speech points. So I will reset this clippy by going this arrow and
then reset clipping, to show you the speed points. I will press shift the z. Let's say I want to put a speech point at this
moment of my video. So I will click in this zero. Almost everything in
the timing controls, we do through this arrow. So I will click it here. I can edge a speech point here. That determines that we can have a different spig in each
part of the clipping. In this parch, we have and
indent spig from this parch. And if I want to puch
another speech point here, for example, I will ascribe
it to the part that I. Then I will go to this pch of
the clipping not this one. I will go here in the arrow. I will puch another
speech point. We have here one
is speech point. Here we have another
speed point, and we have three
parts of clippy, that we can change the
Spig independently. If I want to change the seg
of this part of declipi, I will grab it over here, so I'm changing the seg
of this part of eclipi, as you can see here, that
indicates the seg of dispatch. If I go here, the continuation of declip, stays correctly
between those parts. Same thing with disp here. If I change the PG of
disp of the clippy. For example, if I make
eight ft percent, the continuation of the clippy, continues in the correct way. Another thing that I can do
with the speech points is in g handle under here
of the speech point. That changes the frame, where g portion
of the clip ends, so if I grab it. G T here, I can see it
there in the viewer where my clip in part of the G
speech point is ending, and if I release
the mouse button, it goes back to show the part where my
play HG is currently. So now it has ended before. Because I have
dragged the left and the clip continues
accordingly in clip. Under here, I can
change the frame where each pitch point
starts and ends. If I want this 12 eng later, I will grab it to the right. As you can see, I don't
change the spe ofs part of the clip because I'm only changing the engine
frame, not the speech. The spe, I change it over here. Let's say I want to
remove a speech pointy. To make this, I can go here
in this part to remove it. G is speech pointy, and I will go to the arrow
and you clear speech point. I have you remove
that speech point. I can change the SPG
by dragging here. For example, if I want
to make 100%, I go this. Let's say I don't
want to make this, I want to make it easier, I go to the arrow, and I will reset it 100%. It is easier to make dysclip go back to
the original speed. And when we are done
with the timic controls. I can press again the control r to close
the etymic controls, and we can see an icon here, indicating that dysclipy
has a speed change. And if we want to go back
to the tim controls, we press again the
control R. We can access our speed points and
change the speed of the segment by dragging here or the position
where the segment ends by dragging
in the bottom here and we close the rhtamic
controls again with the So those are the speech points, easy to use very
nice to use two. You can pitch a spitch point where you want and
change the SpeG of only that part of the clip with ouch
spitching the clippy.
56. Additional Input Size Tips: Hi, people. In this lesson, we are going to see
additional chips about the input sizing
of our time lining. So let's say we have here a time line with a
horizontal resolution. And that's the case here, as you can see, we have
a horizontal time line. And let's say you want
to patch it here, videoclipse with a
vertical resolution. One, for example, let's
click in dyslip and press F ten to append to
the g of Tamil. Here we have just a
problem because we have a petty dold color
individual one track. So I will just delete it. I will delete this track you by right clicking here
and delete track. And now I will click it
here and press F ten. So I have dsclip
in the g ofR tame. As you can see,
our clips cropagy, because our scaling option, our putc scaling option. By the following the project
settings is the few option. We can see here. I will go to the
je scaling option and then input scaling, and we have the few option here, that's the scale full
frame with crop. I will cancel here. As you can see, if I select
this clipan movie down our p, we can see that we have
the clipy cropogy. Let's say obviously, I don't
want to crop it this way? I want to use the feat option, so I will select this clip and go here to the feat option. I want the clip to appear
entirely here in my frame. But let's say I went to
P let's say I went to pch multiple clips with a
vertical resolution here, and I don't want to go in each clip and change
the scaling option. Individually. How can I do
to make my work easier? So let's search here
by the resolution. I want to search for 1080 by, so I find all the clips
in the people being that starts with the
resolution 1080 by. And let's say I want
you all those clips in the timeline with the
Pichi scaling option. I don't need to patchy my
clips to the timeline, to make it this option. I can select the the
clips here in the Mijapu and change the scaling
option of those clips. Actually here in the Mija poo. I will select, as
you can see here, we are inspecting those clips from the Mija poo,
multiple clips, and I will click in
the scaling options to perch Fitch and now
I can click again here, not in an empty space of the Mija poo because you
will deselected eclipse, I will click you over
here, for example, to focus on the Mja poo without
in deselecting eclipse, and I will press a ten to puch all those clips
to the time line. Already with the scaling option, Fich applied to then. If I press here shifty Z G, review my clipse
in the timeline. Can see that the
fat scaling option is applied to those clips. And this Cp of select clips in the
medapo and changing and attributes of the
clippy applies to all attributes that you can
change here in the inspector. So if you want to change any other attribute here from
the eclipse of D Mijapo, you can select the
eclipse in the Mapo, change and attribute, for
example, the Zoom attribute, You can perch those clips in the timeline with
the zoom change. I will research here
because I don't want to change the zoom of the eclipse
in D Mapo, and that's it. We can change the attributes
of eclipse directly in Dema pu before we puch
the eclipse in the T line.
57. Stabilizing videos: Hi, people. In lesson, we are going to see the
stabilization section of the Davent resolve with
two stabilize video clips. I will show you the
stabilization options in three differential clips, those ones that we have here. And how the stabilization
option works in each of these clips because
the stabilization cannot work well
in all situations, and I will tell you in what situations the
stabilization is good and in what situations the stabilization is not good. So in the first clip,
this one, let's play. We have it here. Just an
image not much shaking. So I will put the play age here. I will select this clipping, and in the
stabilization options. The first thing
that we can do is to just click here
in stabilizing. The vs will analyze
our clipping, and we will have
a stabilization. That's like using a gimbal to require video,
so let's see it. We don't have the
video perfectly stew like a video
record with a tripod, but it is less shaky
than the original video. Let's play without
the stabilization. And then I will turn on the stabilization again in the middle of the
video. Let's see. Without with stabilization. It makes the video more
stable, as you can see. This one is another good video to make this type
of stabilization. For example, let's
play it to see. We have a shake footage. And now I will click
here to stabilize the video and let's play
without stabilization. And in the middle of the video, I will turn on the stabilization that you dv into resolve, we have made in this video. So shaky, and then we
have a more stable video. It's not a totally lockage, but it is more stable. But now let's say I
went to make my video, to look like it was
recorded with a tripoding, or to say a video totally
locking, not shake at all. To make Gs, I need to mark
this Cera Lock option, and then I will go to
the stabilize option. Again, I need you to click
it here for the vent resolve it to analyze the
clip and the stabilize again. With the new option, and that's it, it's done, and now if I play the Video, you can see that looks like. I was recorded with a tripog. It's totally stable now. Same thing I can do
with GS one if I go to the Comera option and
the stabilize. I play. I can see a total locka g Video. But as you can see, if I
turn off the stabilization. The video becomes bigger, and if I turn on
the stabilization, it is more zoom egy we
feel less of the vido. In the framing, and
that's because we are using this option zoom. This option makes the vido. Zooming and offi to
not show those parts, those black parts, like here, for example, or here,
as you can see, that's the result of the stabilization made
by Davent resolve. Da venture resolving needs
to change the position and the scale and the
perspective of the Video. Make it stable. So if you don't use
the Zoom option, you will have a
dozy black bars in the sides of your vigo to
make it the stabilization. And that's why when
you use the Zoom, you cut out dozy black bars, but you have less of your
vigo in the framing. It's mark zoom eg
as the name says. Now, let's see dsclip here. What we have here,
and let's understand. In what situations the
stabilization of our video, especially if you use the Ceralo option is
not a good thing to do. I will select dsclip, and I will puch in
the Ceral option, and then I will
stabilize the video. You can already see here
that the video won't be any good with this option because
it is totally distorted. Let's play here to
see what we have. We have the mera locking. It looks like it is
recorded with a tri body. But to make this that
inter resolving needs to starchy, totally dysclipy. And that happens
because geosclipy, without it stabilization
originally, it has much movement to the
sig to the backer here. You can see the Camera
man goes to the sig. It changes the perspective, it looks like it is going back. So those movements to the side
to the back to our forage, it makes the change
of perspective of the video to be badge
for stabilization. So your recorded
video only will be good to stabilize if
you have a video. That doesn't have any
movements of the camera, that's not the shaky movement. If you have the camera moving back or forage or to the sides, it's not a good
video to stabilize, which will discharge the
video as you could see here. To explain the other
options that we have you. I will select the clippy. I will take out the meraloki, and we have those options here. They strength if you
put to the right. It will be a more
strong stabilization, and to the left a less
strong stabilization, a weaker stabilization. They smooth if you perch to the right will be stronger to, stabilization, and the cropping
ratio is the opposite. If you puch to the left g, it will be stronger, stabilization If you pitch
totally to the right, you will have no
stabilization at all. Every time you
change dos options, you need to click here again to stabilize your VD
again to Davici, analyze the VD again
and make it the stabilization using
those change options. Thing to understand you when
stabilizing a clipping is if that clip is a good candidate
to be stabilized or not. Then you choose if you
want the cameraog, to look like a tri pot video
or just without caeralog, to look like a video
recorded you with a gimbo.
58. Lens correction 2 options: Let's talk about the
lens correction options that we have in this lesson. When you use the
lens correction. First of all, you need to
know that this option only works without water mark
in the estudie version, the page version of
the vent resolve. Here in the free version, that's the case here because it doesn't have studio in the name. The lens correction
is here, it works, but it will give you a
water marking in our video, so it's not usable
in the free version. But I will show you a nice option to use
besides this one with the ion. So firstly, I will show you dsclip that we have here. Because dsclip has
lens distortion, as you can see the lines here, for example, we have a line
that should be straight, but because the lens distortion, the line is curvgin. That's the type of video
that you could you want to use the lens correction because
it has a lens distortion. It is very simple to choose. You just click here
to analyze the vido. So DaVinci will
analyze the vido, and you apply the
correct distortion to counteract the
distortion of the lens. In this case, as you can see, DaVinci has applied the 0.266 positive distortion to correct the lens distortion
of dis clipping, and the water marker
was applied to each. You have the page version, you can even change the
lens distortion here. Manually, if you are
not dissatisfied with the result of the automatic
analyze of Davin resolving. I will click here to reset
the lens correction. And now I will show
you a nice option, and alternative to
the ns correction that works in the free version. To make gs, I will right
click in clipping. I will go to open fusion page. We are going to the fusion page. Don't worry with the fusion page now because I will teach you how to use the fusion page in a further section
of discoursing, everything about the fusion
page, the nodes working. But now I will just
show you how to use an alternative of
the lens correction, using the fusion page. So with this media
in wind selectedy, you can press shifty spacing
and type lens space distort Press enter. Now you go to the inspector with
DS node selectagy, Lv cheese here and goes
to lens distortion model, double click, and you can drag the distortion here to make a distortion or a correction of the lens distortion
as you would like, as you can see, D
value is a good value to Lav Ds line Swatch stretch. That it. It's in
the free version. I doesn't it puts a water
marker in our video, and you now can go back to the
edge page, and it is done. That's a very nice option to use to make a lens correction in the free version by using the fusion page with
the lens distort node. It applies the correction
in the distortion option, and you go back to the
edge page and that it. It's not exactly
the same thing as the lens correction option
here in the edge page, but you can do a similar
work that we work very well.
59. Resize filter: Now in this lesson, I will show you what's a recis
filter. What does it do? So let's put here in this
clip in this position. And I went to zoom in her face. To make this, I will click in this button to show
the screen controls. I will grab you here
the anchor point. As you can see, I'm changing the values of the
anchor point here, the x and the y values. So I'm pouching her face. I can turn off the
controls here. And now I will zoom
in her facing. The chor point, I
will zoom mean times, I will hold out for a precisely change in
the chor point value. I will grab it here
to the left am, here to the right
am, and that's it. We have a very big
zoom in her face. When we stretch the image, when we give you a
zoom in an image. Obviously, the software
needs to create new pixels between
the original pixels to make that image bigger, because the pixels are
being stretchedy out How the software creates
those pixels between the original pixels. To make this, the software makes some math or to say
some calculation, and that's what the
recise filter does. It makes that calculation to create the new pixels between the original pixels
of the image when you stretch the
image making a Zoom. But as you can see here, in the list of the
recise filter. There are many recise
filters, not only one, and some filters can be better for our
purpose than others. I want to make you
some recommendations about the filters that you
can use in your projects. First of all, you can try all the filters here
to see what happens, for example, if
you but this one, you can see late
change in the image. If you put the box, for example, you can know it makes
the image all pixelatgy. If you go to the
Gaussian filter. For example, you
have amachs mofer, and the blurrg image. If you go to the
nxus, for example, you have an image sharper
than the gaussian filter. But also more noisy. But a nice filter that
I recommend U to use. That's good in many cases. Is the catch Mo wrong, especially if you
have a screen record, like G one that I have here. I have already put here a Zoom. I need to make
control Z two and do. I have reset the Zoom for dsclipi because this
one is selected. I have made T wrong. So I will select this one and I will take out the
Zoom just to show you, I will reset the position by
double clicking here two. I will activate the
screen controls. Here the anchor point, and will turn off
zooming in this parch. Now we will puch in the
project settings here. And as you can see, we have
some ghosts around the edges off the screen elements here and some noise caused
by that ghosts, and that's not a very
good look for our zoom, and the recise filter from the project settings
that we are using now, let's see here, we go
to the image scaling, and you see here
the recise filter. We are using the
sharper recise filter. The sharper recise filter is such a good filter for
screen recordings, like this one, because
the elements of the screen will be with those
ghosts around the edges. If I pitch here the Ketch
Mu ron recise filter, you can see that the
ghosts have gone, and we have a much nicer looky when we zoom with the Ketch
Mu Rong recise filter. If I go here to
the other Clippy, I will pitch here the
Ketch Mo Rong filter. As you can see, that
filter is not a badge for camera recording,
like G one. If you try another filters, you you see that the
Ketch Moon deliver is an acceptable
result for our Zoom. I recommend in most of the cases that you patch here
in the project settings, image scaling, the
option custom, then you choose the metody, Katch Moon and save for
our project because that's a very good recise
filter for many situations. Especially if you have
screen recording, that you want it to make a Zoom. And in other situations, if you want something
like a pixelated image, you go to the box
option, for example, or you try and other options of your recise filter to see what's better for your video clipping.
60. Super Scale (Studio version only): And now in this lesson, we are going to see
the last section of the inspector that's
the super scale. Here in the video tabby. We have the other tabs still
but here in the video tab, the last one is the super scale. This option is available only in the studio version
without the water mark. So I will show you
briefly this option. We need to activate gs. You can see already
the water marker here. The super scale is just an option to try
to make it a better looking image when you have a very high zoom
applied to that image. Instead of the recise filter
that is also applied, the vent resolve we use
artificial intelligence to make an enhancement of the image when it
is very zoom age. You'll leave it here
in the four options, or will activate each. It is very heavy. In your processor,
take that in account. I recommend you to
use the play Bay render cache option is
March to cache the result. So you can play in
real time your Video. But we have some options here. You can try those options. One is said to be the
best option of the list. You can control the sharpness applied to your video
and the noisy reduction, and you can compare the results
by turning off it here. You can see the normal
recise filter applied. And if you turn now, you can see the result
of the super scale. And to be honest, you, I don't like it very much. I don't think it's a very
good result of sharpening or to make a better quality
when you zoom the image So I would not pay for the
page version of Daventur solve the Daventsolv it studio
because of that feature. But if you like, it's
present here to use it.
61. Searching for timelines and other Clip Types part1: Hi, again, people.
Now in this lesson, we are going to talk
about how to search timelines in our Mijapu
here in the Edge page, because now I have
many media here. And many timelines, I have
timelines in the master being. I have timelines
in other beings. I became a abichi
organzg in my Mijapu. Let's say I want to make some organization or to find
the medias that I want, but now I want to find
all of my timelines. I want to show you
a nice way to do this using this
search magnifier, so I will click it here
to open my search, and I will putch it here
in this little arrow. Instead of the salctag bins, I will putch all bins
to search through all bins that I have
and in the future type. If you have some different
option here like the phoneme, that's the def option in
the f in the future by, you go to the typ here under here, and now you are searching for the type of media. I will puch here
the name time line. Now I can see all
the time lines that I have that is 12 time lines, as you can see, three
here and far here, three times four is 12. I have a 12 time lines. Now I can open the
timeline that I went that is J w
the cars time line. Let's say it was not
here in the list. It is in the list now, but let's say I
just wanted to know what time lines I had here and to choose which one to open. So I will double click
in the cars time line. To open it. And that's it, will close here the search. If I want you, I can select you all the time lines to
make you my organization. I can open the Bin list, and I can grab the time
lines to the master being. If I want you all the time
lines in the master bin. Or if I want you in another
being like a bin that I can create you here
by right clicking the master bin and you
go in the new Bin. To create a bin to
puch my time lines. I can do you, so I will
create you another bin. I will puch it timelines. I will click you here
to give the fk O here, I will press control way or common to select all
my time lines again. Drag my time lines to this bin, and now I can close the search, and I can click here
to see all my beans. If you want to find other type of images using the
filter by type. You can type it
here, for example, vigo if you want only videos. Now you have only vids notch
algos and notch images. If you want to find
images, you pch here. If you try to search by image, you don't find you
and you need to pch. Is ch to find you the
images that are called. That's it. If you want
to search for algu, you can't find you only the algos because you will find you also the gus that have algu
in each, like those ones. The way if you want to find you only the
algo is to create the March beans here
in the Bin list with the filter to search or to show only the algo in
that is March bean. That's a very easy thing to do. We will explain to
you now very briefly, you right click here
with these March beings shown in SIG with the
Bing list g opened, right click, G is March Bing, you give each a name. In the Mija pu properties, you choose the clip typing. You leave here the rule as is, clip type is, you go
to the Aug option. And you create and now you have A smart Ban with only algus, you can right click
here and you go to rename if you want to
rename it two algus, for example, and you have AS
Mart Ban only with algus. If you dg for example, another algus project, it will B here in AS
Mart being algus.
62. Showing the focus indicator: Hi again, people.
One allege that is very nice for you to
know that that can be missing for you is
the knowledge about the focus of your panels
inside Davo resolve. What's focus? And
how can you know which panel or which window
is focused at the moment? So focus means the activ
panel. At the moment. So if you click in a
panel, for example, here in the viewer,
everything here in the interface we are
calling a panel. Now I have the focus
in the viewer. If I press any
keyboard short Cutch, it will apply to the viewer. If I click here in the space
of my timeline, for example, now I have the focus
in the timeline space, and if I press any
keyboard short Cutch, it will apply to my time line. Same thing with the
media poo, for example. If I click it here. Now I have the focus here in
the Mija poo panel. And if I press any
keyboard chart Cutch, each will apply to the Mida poo. That's a thing that can confuse Some people because when you
have a focus in other panel, for example, here
in the inspector, and you press a key combination, expecting to make
something in the Mida poo, you won't get to make s. So
that's what is the folks. You need to have the
folks in that panel, to use the key combinations, the keyboard chart cuts in that panel. But you have a way to show in your interface of the
Daventur resolve if you like. What's the panel that is focag, at the moment to the gs, I will go to the Daventor
rees of menu preferences, and then user tabbing, and then you check sption, show fox indicators in
the user interface. Now we saving. And
as you can see, we have a indicator, a red line here. Indicating that is the panel that is focused at the moment. And if I click in the viewer, for example, I have the
focus indicator over here. If I click in the inspector, I have the focus indicator here. Same thing with the time line. Same thing with the
effects panel here. If you like it, you
have this option to know what's the panel that you have the foc at the moment, and if the panel that you
want you to have the focus. Don't have it, you just
click in that panel, and the focus goes
to that panel.
63. Guided Exercise 3 Get used to the timeline's zoom shortcuts: Now we are in the third, guided the exercising
of our course. And this one is for
you to practice and you remember
and Gati usage with the most useful keyboard
chart cuts that we have to zooming in
Ouchi our time line. In every way, I want to know if you remember the chart cuts. That's not only
keyboard chart cuts, but we also use the mouse for that chart
cuts. So let's go. I will ask you, you can pause
to answer my questions, and then will come back to
give you the right answer. Let's go first to one
have here a timeline, Let's say I went to see my entire timeline.
How can I do this? Answer to me. So to do this
to see my entire tmuline, with a keyboard chart catch, I can press shifty Z. It's much usage. It's very useful
keyboard chart catch, to see my entire tmuline. I can even see that
I heavy and now you going much more than my
video so I will trim here, and I can press again
the shifty z to see each feat to my screen. And my next question to
you is, as you can see, we have here many video tracks with the solids that
I heavy put here. I want to see all the tracks on here in the space
of my time line. Let's say I want to put all the tracks
vertically smaller here. How can I do that? Let's go. Answer to me. So
have you answered? To make Gs. I will use the keyboard chart
catch with the mouse, shifty and mouse wheel, so I can make the tracks. Altogether is
smaller, in sizing, and now I can see
all my video tracks. No, but if it's smaller, I can see much of
my video tracks, I can grab, and now I can
see all my video tracks. Okay. I can do the
same by going here in the timeline view options and tweaking Gs Video track height. Now, let's say I
went to Zooming in dispare two E with more precision
to focus in this party. Very fast. How can
I do D? Let's go. Answer to me. And now we are back to the answer
to the gs very fast? We can grab a Gs little Doch. And now we have our time
line in M zoom eg here? Or we can use the keyboard
church Cutch Ouch and Mz W for L zoo or Marzo. But it is lower. And then if I want to click
it here, for example, I can ouch in faster. Now let's say I want to change
the g of the algo tracks, not the Video tracks. How can I do that? Answer to me. So I hope you have
the right answer, to do is very simple. I just need to go with my mouse cursor over
the algo tracts here, and I do the same thing
as I have made in the Video tracks by Hg
Shift and the Muse Wheel. Now with G Zoo of
the algo tracks, I can't see the alg WAV forms. So if I want to see
the AlgaV forms, I need some Zoom, and that's it. But if I want to see a
bunch of the aldo tracks, can zoom out all the way down, and now I can see
many algo tracks. And that's it.
That's our 30 guide that exercising for you to get us with dozy shortcuts that we have to speed up
your editing process.
64. Audio tracks header – part 1: Hi people in Js lesson. I will teach you everything about the header of
the Audio tracks. And in the next lesson, I will teach you about the
header of the video tracks. So let's go. What we need to
know about the Audio tracks. I will make it bigger
and make it more space here to look closer
to our Audio tracks. I will close the Mija
pu and the inspector. The first thing that
we have here are the of our track and the solo. The Muti, you know that's
to mute our trache. Obviously, you won't hear in Soundi from this trache
when it is mutagy. So let's play this
trache and mutagy. If I mute track, obviously, I want to hear it. But as you can see, I can
hear the other tracks that mutage and
that's different from muting the play back in the vent resolve
because mute goes to your final export if you
export the V with mutedy, track won't be included
in your final export. Differentially from
muting from here. If you mute from
here and not here. You will have in
your final export, all the sounds of all audio
tracks that you have. And the solo option is
the opposite of Much. If you solo dtrake, you hear only dtraky, so I will play here very heavy
sound effect and GS Musky, and we will hear only the Musky. If I want to hear two
tracks at a time, I can solve both of the tracks, and now I can hear the A two
track in the A one track. Let's make it bigger to see
the real name of the tracks, the Algo one and the Algo two. And I will not hear
the other tracks. A nice thing to
do here is to use the shifty shart catch it so I can click in the much of track, and I can toggle the mute
of all the tracks at once. If I want to mute some tracks and not
others, I can do this. And then if I want to
mute all the tracks. Hold shifting and
click in anyone. And now I don't have
any tracks mutage. Same thing with the other
options that we have here. We can hold you shifting, and we have slidy, so I can unsold those ones. And now I will play
the Algo three and the Algo far tracks and
not the other ones. So, for example, if I play here, I don't hear those tracks
because it's not solid. I can hear track clippy from the udotre track because it is solid here in
the trache header. Other option that we have
here is the lock trache. When I lock track can't move a clip or trim or make
anything to that clip. Even the inspector, if I select the eclip can't
change any option, any attribute of that
clip in the inspector. Because it is locked. If I want to lock the track to accidentally change
anything in that track. I can do this,
especially if I have already ended the editing
process of that track. Another option that we have is the auto track selector that you have
already know before. It's useful for some things
like a pasting eclip. You can select Acclip here, copy with Control C. And if you want to paste
in the Algo far track, for example, you can hold Shift, the select all the tracks, the Auto track selector
of your tracks, and you click here in the Auto track selector
of the Algo for. And you paste you with Control V. You can deselect each and the hold shift change
you click again to activate all the auto
track selectors. The same thing applies
for the trimming. If you want to tring a clip, and you don't want, for example, to ripple the rest of your time line when you
are in the ting agit mode. If you deselect this track, for example, you
can triing here. Let's make it bigger. If you trim here,
track is not being rippled because it is not activated with the
auto track selector. I I activate it and I trim. You can see that ds clip that
is after g s point that I'm trimming will ripple to maintain the synchronization of
the rest of Mt line.
65. Audio tracks header – part 2: Now this is the second
party of the lesson about the track header of
the audio tracks here. Another thing that we have
here is the option to change the level of the
algo of an entire trache. So I will go to the inspector, and if I click it here
in dsclip, for example, I have the option
in the Audio tab to change the volume of
dsclipi individually. So if I change it
here, for example, I'm changing the
volume of dsclip. Not this one. I
will research it. But if I click here in the track header
in an empty space. You can see that the
inspector has changed it. It says lg two, the name of this algo track, and now I'm inspecting
this algo trache. I can change the volume
of the entire track, and now I have changed
the volume by -6.7 decibels of all the clips that I patch here in
this lg two trach. Don't worry now with
the dialogue level because we are going to heavy a lesson entirely
about this feature. So now let's go to another thing that we
have in the track header. That's the type of algo. They are to say better. The type of algorat
that we have. It's indicated here
with the 1.0 or 2.0. Those are the most common
types of algo tract. That means that 1.0, as you can see when I
put my mouse over here, it's a trache of type mono. And this one with it 2.0, is a track with typetereo. What's mono and stereo? Mono hystereo, means a
trache when it's mono. That the algus can
only have one channel, and the channel is like a
track inside the trache. If you have it just one channel, that channel in the mono trache
will play in both sides, if you have a tereo. De vice to play your algia, for example, a hedge phony. The monotrak, we will
play that channel, that one channel, in both of the sides of the hedge phony. If you have asterio speaker, it will play that one
channel from the monotraki. In both sides in both speakers, of your hystero speaker. When we have a stereo trach, it has two channels, so one channel is for the left
side of your hedge phony, and the other channel is for the right side
of your hedge phony, so you can have two
slightly different sounds. Only one audio
trache when you have an audio trache of
the type stereo. You can also change the type of trache by right
clicking the trache. And you going to change
track type two Mono stereo, or you can change it to another less common types
that are available for two. Other nice thing that you can do here with the tracky
header is to change the position of the
tracky header by right clicking and moving
the track up or down. In the case of algo tracks, it is justify your organization. It doesn't change the final mix, the final sound that you have differentially from
the video tracks. If you have differential
orders in your video tracks, you will have a
differential result.
66. Video tracks header: Now I will show you
the options that we have in the track header
of the video tracks. The first thing is that
we have the name of the trache that
you can rename it like you can do in
the Audio tracks. You just click here in the name and type
you what you want. For example, here, I want to
put the adjustment clips. So I will put the name
adjustment press enter, so I changed the name of tracking for my organization,
for my information. Auto track selector
works the same way as in the Auto tracks
we have seen before. If you want to turn off all the Auto track selectors
of the video tracks, you hold shift and clicking
any of the buttons. And now you can turn on G one, for example, and G one. And if you ring a clip your delete a clip
and close the gap, you will ripple
those tracks with the Auto track selector
enable it, for example, here. Those tracks moves d one
and d one and d one. And the other tracks
that don't have the Auto track selector
enable them, want move. I will press controls here. Then I will hold shift
and click in here to disable those
track selectors. And again, I will hold shift and click in any of the
tracks to activate the Auto track selector of all the tracks all the seven video tracks
that I have here. I will take out here the
Ouch point that we have you by pressing Ouch X or
option x in the MC. Other thing that we have is the option to disable
the Video tracking. So, for example, if I go here, I will turn off the
snapping by pressing N, I will go here and
Hog Ouchi and turning my mouse wheel to zooming
my time line horizontally. And I have here some
colors in my editing. Let's plate to
see. So that's it. But let's say I want
to see some details of some video track
that I have made without any other video
tracks over each. So I will hold shift in turn my mouse wheel to make
smaller my tracks, and I can, for example, disable these two video tracks, to don't see those colors
that I have pch here and one, for example, if I want to, and I take out all
the colors that I have Puch by disableling
those video tracks, that's an option and doing
disabling the video tracks. Different from
disableling eclipse. Here, I I press shifty z, you can see that we
have eclipse all grad, and if I put any other
clips here in track, it will be grade two because
this track is disabled. Differential from
is when we hey. Let's make it again
here by holding shift. If we go to the selection
mode and select, those clips, for example, in press G, we disable only those clips not
the entire trache. Those clips in the trache
are not disabled you. And if I put another
e clip here, it won't be disabled you because the trache
is enabled you. I will press G again
to reactivate. Those clips. Other
option that we have is the lock tracky that works the same way as in
the Audio tracks. One thing that I haven't
talked about you, but it works both
individual tracks and the audio tracks is the destination track,
the destination track. I selected you with
the gi outline. If I want to insert you from the Mija pool Ace
Individual five track, for example, I will click it
here to select GS tracking. Now this track is the
destination track, if I want to insert clippy and I can go let's go here,
I will close it. These Marge bins to
make more space here, I will go to the cars
Bin Let's load it clip, I will make it bigger L et's elect just some portion here. The entire clip is 3 seconds. I I put my play G here, for example, with G
Video five V track. As the destination track. I can click here in
the override clip, and it will be inserted
in this track. I have forgotten to change
the destination track for the algo track that
comes with G Video. I will undo this action by pressing Control Z. I
will click it here in the Algo two tracking as the destination track
for the algo track. Then I will click you
again over R clip. Now my video goes to
this Video five track, and the algo goes to
the Algo two track. This Audio has nothing, but it is a track. Let's under. I will make it bigger
here and last. We have also the
two options that we had in the Algo tracks
by right clicking. We have you here the
Edge track Edge tracks. If I want to edge
multiple tracks, I can puch a number of individual tracks
and the algo tracks here and choose the deposition of the tracks or the new tracks, the type of the algo trache. And then we click in the Edge
tracks to add the tracks. You have here also the option to move the
track up are down, and that's different from
moving the algo tracks because if you move a video track to a
different position, you can have a
differential image in that part because the
Video tracks that you are above appears on topy of the Video tracks that you
are under those tracks. And we have lastly the option
to change the trache color, and that's also an option that we have in
the Audio tracks. Can just go here and change
it, for example, tomy. And you have all the
clips in that track, with this color, the
lime color in this case. So those are the details
about the vigo tracks, in the venture resolving, everything that we can
do in the vigo tracks.
67. What are Keyframes and interpolation: Hey, people, in this lesson. I will teach you about
what is a ephrame. And what is interpolation. I think that many
of you is already used to the concept
of a kyphrams, but some of you can don't
know what is a kephrami. So I will explain to you in this lesson to
don't have any dut. I will use this
time line to make the explanation of
what is key frame. So let's watch it this
timeline from the beginning. That's a work in progress, that I can teach you in a further lesson how
to do those editing. So let's touch in full screen, and I will play to
watch it this timeline. That's it, I work in progress. As I said, and I
will put in Sparty. Let's say, for
example, I want you. Or I will use a Sparty here. I will click in GS clip it
to inspect in the inspector. And for some reason, let's say I want in Sparty. They clip it to give you a Zoo, for example, or to
say in animation. We can use a key frames
to create animations. That's the work of key
frames to make animations. In this case, that
we want to Zoom, and rotate, our
image, our Video, we need to go to one
party of dvidum, two Sch one key frame for
each of the parameters. The Zoom, we need to go here
in the diamond the buttom, that's the key frame buttom and such a key frame in
this party of dvidu, so I will click here
to such a keyframe. Did the same thing with
the rotation angle, and now I'm telling with
G two dv resolve it, Dan exactly in G
point in GS frame. Those values for the
zoom and GS value for the rotation angle. Because I have is such a key
framing for those values. So first of all, the key frame
tells the software that in that point in Dutch frame in the parameter that you
had such a key frame. Anti exactly that value. If you want you to change
the value here, you can do. You will have dtch parameter, set it to dtch frame. But key frames
doesn't work alone. I always need you two key frames to make an animation
because we need you to go from one value to another
value to make a zoom or to make you a rotation or any other parameter of
any other type. Now I need to tell my software in another frame another
punch here, for example. Taiwan another key frame. This time, I don't need to click anymore here in the key frame, button, because I have a key frame before
in this parameter. So if I change now the value
of this parameter here, I will such automatically
a key frame for S frame. So I will change it here
to make Az As you can see each turn is gi indicating
that exactly at that point, we have another key framing that holds gs value for the zoom x, y, attribute, and we can do the same thing for
the rotation angle. We can change the value
slightly, for example. And now we have a new key frame
such for exactly framing, the 10 seconds and G seven frames to the rotation
angle and to the Zoom. As you can see if we go
scrubbing from position, the 9 seconds and
two frames we go from those values that we have
such in those key frames, two, as you can see
here in the inspector, to the other kprame
with the other value. We have a pass the prami, but we can click it here in dz buttons to navigate
it through key frames. So we will go to the last kprame by clicking here
for this attribute. Now we are over this
frame that heavy, the key frames in each. And the interpolation,
what is it? Interpolation is just the values that the software creates, as you can see here and here, between those two key frames. The software creates intermediate values
for those frames. Between the two key
frames that we have such. So the key frame is heavy, the value that we have such in, one for the zoom
attribute in this case, in the first key frame, and 1.410 for this
next key framing, and between those keyframes, we have interpolatd values,
intermediate values. So that's interpolation. And those two concepts
makes our animation. If we play here, we have Zoom in that part. A Bach of Zoom, we can
zoom more, for example, if you went to Zoom
more than two times we put here two point
something to zoom more, and then we have interpolated the values between
those two key frames. If we play, we can see It
zones much more than before. This way, we can use a key
frames to create animations, always pitching a key
framing a point of dividu, and the other key frame
in another point of divide a different value
for that attribute. That's the most basic way to create animations of all types. So any attribute that has a key frame button here can be animated using key
frames, and that's it. That's the most basic
way to make animations, and it is very powerful. Just a last thing here. If you want to
remove a key frame, you can navigate
to that keyframe, for example, d one,
in this position, and you just click obviously here in the keyframe
button of this attribute, and you take out your
remove that key frame, and you'll lose that value that you have changed
it by doing this.
68. Resetting attributes vs Removing ALL Keyframes: Now in this lesson, we are going to talk
about resetting an attribute and removing all the key frames
of that attribute. So the first thing that I
want to you to note is that if I go here to navigate it
to my previous key frame, I don't have a key frame in this position
because it is gray, so I will click in this
button that indicates that we have a key frame in
apposition to the left i. If we had a key
fhrame to the right, we would have a arrow
here in the right Now I'm in a position that
we have a key framing. I I double click here in the
name of in my parameter. I will resetting this parameter is attribute to the default
value in this case is one, that means one time the
original size of this clipping. But as you can see, we having to delete the key framing
in that position. It's ready, so we have
still the key frame there. We have the key frame
before this one because we have a
arrow in the left im. We can go to the previous
key frame by clicking here. Now we are in that position that we have the
first key framing. Now, I want to show you
what happens if we click in circular arrow to the
side of each parameter. Arrow removes all the key frames that we have to this parameter. Clip that we have selected you. So if I click here. Now you don't see any arrows to the side of the
key frame button, and you don't see it in
ready because it don't have any key frames anymore in that parameter
for that clipping. So take care if you
click in GS button and you don't want you to
remove the key frames. You will press Control
Z to undo that action, and you have again your
key frames in the place. So that's the difference that I have told you before
in another lesson. Between double clicking in the parameter name,
and clicking here. If you don't have a key frames, it will be the same
thing because you reset the parameter by
clicking here and by double clicking
the parameter name. But if you click it here, you delete all the key
frames for that parameter. You can remove it. Also,
all the key frame is for that section by clicking
this button over here. If you click it here, you
delete all the keyframes of all parameters in
the transform section. Same thing with the other
sections if you click it. In this button with the plus inside in the cropping section, you delete all the key frames
that you eventually have. Cropping section. Another
thing that you can do is che edge keyframes
for all parameters of that section by
clicking in the button of the key frame over here to the side of the name
of that section, so you keyframes for all
parameters of that key section, and if you go to another part of the Video and you change
any of those parameters, As you can see, we have now new key frames for that
parameters in that position. It is just needed you to change the value
of the parameter, to make another key frame if you already have a
key frame before. But I don't want this animation that I have made you here, so I will click in this
button over here to delete all the key frames from the cropping section
from this clipping.
69. Assembling the Drones Project: Now we are going to
make it two steps of the drones project that
I have shown you before. This project here that
is already edited here, but we are going now
to make it from zero. And I want you to follow
along with me to practice the knowledges and the
skills of the vido editing the vents that
you have already learned. So now we go to the drone Bing. We have here three drone clips. I will close the GS Bing list. The first thing is to make
the assembly of this video. This is the first stepping. We are going to make
Stepp Gs lesson. So I will double click in G first clip to
see what we have. We have GS clip here. I want G one to be
the first clip. Let's make it bigger
to see better here, we can hover over the clips to see which clip which one is. So I want G one. So I have loaded here. We will get g one
from the beginning, so I don't need to
put an in point here. I will scrub it here through g pointy because I want
a transition between gclipy and the next clippy in this point
where the clippy goes closer to the water to make it a transition that the
movement matches, that's called the
amache transition. So I will grab it here. T through S parching and I will press the Ok to
mark in Noche Point. Now I will create my timeline
with portion of Mclipi. So I will right click here
and in the first two options, I will create the
timeline with dclipi. I will name it draws F
zero and the Hit enter. Now I have my clip inside
this new timeline with D part of the clippy Now I will load this
clip to the viewer. And I will see exactly here when the drone
goes near to the river. I will press the I
key to mark a point. I will press plus four period g, enter to go 4 seconds forward. So I will press the k
to mark an arch point. I will press a ten to pach my clip in the
timeline to a ping. Now last clip I will
load in the viewer. I want you from this parch. I will press I to d Part. I will press O, then F ten. Now I have the three
clips in the Timeline. I will press shifty z
to 50 to the screen. Now let's watch
what we have here. The first assembly of our T
line, the Raffi assembly. I will play So as you can see, we have here the
final of the video. As you can see here,
we have an icy match of the images because the
movement of the drone, but I will go further and make a transition in
a further lesson. That's a transition
between those two clips. This one, this transition kuch. I will put another transition, a rotation transition
that we are going to learn in
another lesson. Here, if you want it, you can trim your clips by pressing to go to
the trim edit modem, then you can click
in the starch or in the NG of N clippy and
drag it to see very heavy, the starching point
of this clippy. You can see in the
viewer now at the right, and you can see in the left the last frame of the
clippy before this one. Same thing here, you
can grab it here, and you can make it match
even better with those clips. So, for example, if you want, you can select and
atg point like this one that you selected
because it is green now, and you can press
pyog or come trim. One frame at a time. You can press plus or minus and the number of eprams
and enter, for example, plus five enter to extend
the five eprams in dclipi or minus five enter to reduce dclipi
by five e frames, and this way you can
adjust the position of the starchy and the g of
each clip in your time line.
70. Animating the opening of the Drones Project: And now we are going to make it the animation of the opening
of the Drones project. If you remember, we have an animation in the start
of the Drone project, that is the animation of
the opening the screen. So before I do this, I will delete those empty
audioclips that we have here. We don't need it because
it is But as you can see, we have the chain
icon in those clips, indicating that we have a link between the algoclipy
and the videoclipy. So to select you only
the algoclipe IgG or option in the machi and I will select you those algoclips, without selecting
the videoclipse. I will press backspace
and not the delete key because I don't want
to reap all my t Now I will zoom in this party
of my timeline because I want to focus my attention
at the start of my timeline, so I will hold Ouch or option and turn my
mouse will to Zooming. I will click to
select this clipping, then I will go to the inspector, and I need to cropy. Both the topy and the
bottom of my clippy to make it the animation
of the screen opening. So if you cropy here party of the video in the topi and
another party at the bottom. Need to be exactly at the
center because if you pass, you don't croppy that
party that passes. And how do you know exactly
where you should be with those values to be exactly at the
center of the Video, with the video totally
close in blacking? As I said before, the croppi attributes
are measured by pixels, so we have here if you go all the way up to the right ing. See that we have 1080
pixels vertically. You just need to go and divide
that value. It's not hard. If you need a calculator, you can open your calculator and make the division by two. 1080/2 is 500 d forge, so I will put you here 500 dfge, two crop exactly at the center. Here, again, I will put
the same thing, 500 df. Now we have it closed
in the center, and now to make
it the animation. We need to be in the first
frame of our time lining. We need to set a key frame for each of the parameters
to animate then. Let's say I want to
go with my animation. Til 2 seconds of my timeline. So I will click in
an empty space of the timeline because I want
to move my play hedge, not my clip that
you was selected. So I will press plus two period. We can see here that we have plus 2 seconds and zero frames. And when I press enter, I go with my play hedge
2 seconds for rg. And now I select again my clip, and I can set the
crop topi attribute and the croppi
bottom to the zero. To create another
key frame for e21, with the value zero, the screen totally opened. And let's play that starchy off our timeline
to see what we have it. We have now the screen opening, that animation, but
we can do better. I want to use the
softness to not have just that yg edge
that we have here. And if you drag the
softness to the right. You can see that now you have some softness here in the edges. It looks nicer to me, but we have a problem. If you go here to the
starch of your tiny line, you can see that now with
the softness option, our softness attribute,
not at the zero. Have the screen peng in the
starch of your timeline. I don't want it, so I will
make a different thing. I will go to this
point, for example, let's say here, where the
screen is not a totally pend. I will set a key frame for
my softness attribute. I will put it in the
starch of my Tine, and I will double click in the softess parameter
to reset it, creating another key frame at the starch with
the value zero. So I will start with my screen totally
close, no problem here. And when we go further, The edges becomes more soft because we are animating
the softness parameter. Now let's see what we have. We have a nice opening of our drones video
to start you with. So that's our first animation
in our drones project. And in further lessons, we are going to see how to
make it transitions and the other stuff here to make
it our time lining nicer.
71. Attributes animation in the Elephant Dramatic timeline: Now I want to introduce you a new project that we have
here to practice more, many of the things that
you have learned before, and that's the dramatic elephant or the elephanti
dramatic timeline. Let's play it to see a wet
patchy in full screen mode. Let's plate to see what we have. So we have the elephants there. Then we have an
animation of the zoom, some cropping the
top in the bottom. We have this gray
scale image that you change from the color
image to the gray scale, and we have a A speed change. So we will go out
of the Fu screen. We have here the
continuation of this sane, and then we have the other clip, the Lions clippy with
the semi editing it. We have the exactly
the same thing as you can see here and here, and we are going to make it just editing in
the next lessons. And I want you to make
it together with me, to practice even more the knowledge that
you already having, to make it a more
solid knowledge. What we have you
here. We have here some things that you
have learned before, like the animation of
the Zoom attribute, the cropping attributes,
and other type of animations that is not
made with key frames. That's the Paging animation
that I will teach you to. We have a change in the
Spige using speech points. So from here to here, we have a change in
spiga as you can see. Have also some new techniques with the compulit
modes to learn. And lastly, we have a
new thing to learn it. That is how to easily use the same editing that
you have made before. Another clipping. Like Gs, you don't need to make
every editing here. Again, you have a
way to copy and paste that type of
editings very easily. And I will teach you in the
last lessons of sequence of the lessons about this time line that we are going to
make it together.
72. Replacing clips in the Elephant Dramatic: Hey, people, how is it going? Now in this lesson, we are going to learn how to replace e clips
that are off line. Let me show you the thing. First of all, I have put in
the resources of this lesson, the Elephant dram market GRT Timeline for
you to download. So I want you to download
you this Ttmuline and imparting your project
as I will do here. So I will write click it
to impart this simuline here I in the timelines
being inside the master. Then I will go to T Lines
in Port and first option that has the GRG D vent
reyes of the Tine option. Then I will go and find my elephanti dramaki
Zoom GRG T line. That's the file that's in
the resources of the lesson. I will double click
it to load my Tline, and this message appears. I will close this
message because it tells me that we have offline
media our timeline. Let's see, we have here
this offline media, and we can see
nothing special here, not any Vg and what that means. When we have a media
offline in our Tim line, that means that we
don't have the media Di Dach Da vinci resolve is referencing
through those clips that you are imparted
to our media p. So we have here
the Tim line imparted The clips of stamina that are two clips are in
part here and here, with the name Leos Napraa in Portuguese and the elephants
familia in Portuguese. But those medias g between
your medias in your computer, the result we can't find
you those medias with those names in the folder
that gtin indicates, and that's the reason for
the media to be off line. Every time you go to a folder and change
the name of a media. For example, if you
go to the folder of let's go to the folder of
GS Media, for example. O G one, Sunset, I will write clicking and then open file location to go
to the folder of GS Media. We have the Sunset MP for here. If I change the name of Clip, I will put you here
something, for example. And if I drag this
to the time line. This media tells me
that it is offline, if I don't have a proximeda, here I have a proximeda, and that's why the media
still appears to me. If I click here, right click it and the
unlink it proximedia, M media will be offline
because the proximedia, won't be there to replace
my media anymore. The same thing happens if I change the folder of my media. Be Daventurolv, will not find you the
media in the right folder. So I will go back here to the
previous name, the sunset. Now if I go to Daventursvi, it can find the media again, because the name is the
name that references. So what can we do about those media that
offline in our Tani? Let's go here again
to timelines, and we need to replace that media by the
medias that I have already provided you in the first lessons that
are with different names. We right click in dsclipi, Leon is Na Pedra. Then I will go to the
replace saltagclip option to replace dsclipi. Then you need to find
you between the media that I have provided you
in the first lessons. The right clip, I will tell
you what's the right clippy, so I will go here in the media
and then animals for Here, we have the right media that you need to choose to
replace that media, so you will change the onsen Padre by the lions on the stony, that is what it
means in Portuguese. I will double click here, and I have again my media
here in the time line. The same thing I need to do to media the elephants familiar. I will right click it, then replace saltag clipping, to replace it and I need it
to go to the elephant famili. GS one is the clip that I need, so you can click in
Gs double clicking, to replace the vinories of you, we accept the clip
because it has exactly the same Ty cog
and the semi attributes. So this is the semi clip
with a different Name, and then we have here our editing again,
our clip appearing.
73. Correcting the syncronization of the Lions’ Clip: And now, people, in this lesson, let's take a look in
what we have here. If you scrub or play your time line like Gs in
this part of the lions clip. You can see that you have a
narror of synchronization. Between those two clips, we have one clip here, if you can see in another clip, the face of the lion is to the side and here
is to the front, and those two clips that
are not synchronized here. Needs to be synchronized. We will understand. Why in a further lesson of G sequence of lessons
about TG's editing. But now to fast
correct this problem, you need to do the following. Select the dysclpi
in the middle, then press back space
to delete d clipping, and then press to activate
the snapping and go here. Now, hold the AG and grab dysclpi up to make
a copy of dsclipy, exactly synchronized g at the same position
of the other one. They now trim the starch
of this clippy to here to be exactly aligned you
with solid color eclipy, and then grab its little
icon that we have here, like so and that sit. We have it synchroniza
again, no problem anymore. And we can continue
with our editing. Ah, that's a very good
thing that happened. I think that in some moment I
have a message with dclipy. And I have not noted, that it became unsynchronizedy
with the bottom clippy. And that's nice because
I can show you how to deal with those type
of problems. That's easy.
74. Smoothing the animation: And now in lesson, let's make it from the
zero along with me, editing of the Elephanti dramatic Zoom
Timeline to make es, I will use the yclipi Di was imparted g. With my Timeline dt, I have imparted a Tyne. And the clips. Tse two
clips came together. I will select dysclipi and the right clique then I will create a new Timeline dsclip. Well name it Elephant
editing and the it enter. And will click in s Lions Clippy Enpres F ten
to put it in my time line. Hot and selected the clip the Audio clip Enpres
backspace to delete. And a similar duration
for those eclipse. So will press G to go
to the Ting edit mode. Then I will train
this clip here, and I will press shift the
z to Fiji in the screen. Now, I'm going to make the
editing in this part of the clip that animation of the zoom in the face
of the elephant. To make this, I will go to the selection mode,
select ds clipping. I will set a key frame in this position for
the Zoom attribute, and I will go some frames after and then in this
framing, this one, I want to change the
Zoom attribute to make another key
frame in dpache. So I will zoom in. But as you can see, we need
to go to the elephant's face. To make this, we need to work in the zoom together with
the anchor point. We can change the anchor
point here in the inspector, but I want to go to these transforming
controls on the screen, to change the position
of my anchor point. We don't need you to
animate the anchor point, so I will not put a key
frame in the anchor point. You are not with this rectangle that represents the
transforming controls here, you can click in this zero
and you go to transform, you have another options here that will teach you
in a further lesson. So for example, the croppy
option dynamic zoom, you have already used a S one, the open effects overlay that we are going to
see in the future, the fusion overlay, and so on. So this one is the
cor poncho will put two here to centralize
the face of the elephant. So when we zoom in, We have the Zoom in
the elephant's face. Let's plate to see realty. We have a linear
animation of Zoom, but I went to make it an
easing of my animation. I went to smoothing my animation at the beginning and
at the g. I will take out those the
screen controls and to make its easing
of the animation. We have seen before
something about easing our animations in
the dynamic zoom options. But here we need to
go to the kyprame, so I will navigate
you to my kyphmy, by pressing G zero. Now I'm over the position
where I have a achyphramy. F G Zoom attribute will
right click in my key frame, and I will easy in diski frame. What easy in means. That means that when the animation comes
near to diskey frame. I will slow down is
smoothly, not abruptly. Same thing I can do with
the first key frame, so I click in the left arrow
to go to the last key frame. The previous one, I will right
click and then easy Ouchi. It's easy Ouch because it's
going chi of disk frame. The other one is easy in because it is going
in disky frame. If you want to you can
touch in the linear option, that's the de fo option, that makes only that
linear animation, and animation with
a linear velocity or to say a continuous velocity. Now let's see what we have here. Now our animation is smofer. Another thing that
we should know is that when we have a two
or more key frames. That's when those options appears when you
right click here. If you have only one key frame, you will see only
the linear option. You will not see g Zs
in or easy option. You only see those options when you have a two key frames. If you have a three key
frames, for example, I will put another key
frame here just to show. I will go to the
middle key frame. I will right click here. Now we have the options to easing because we
have a key frame. Before this one. We have an easy Ouch because we have
a key frame after this one, and we have the option
to easing and Ouch because we have a key frames
before and after s one. Then we'll take out
this last k frame. Now I want to make an even smooth animation
by clicking s button. This button only appears when we have a key frames
in the clipping. We will click here to open dpia, we will make more space
to see what we have here. Now, as you can see,
we have a graphy here, and that graphite shows us the changing values of the
zoom x attribute over time. So from here to here, we have the animation. This one is a keyphrame, and this one is the
first kyphrame. I will zoom in dispat by holding Auch and
turning my mouse. W, I will select only this one to see
the handle of diskpra. Handle lets me adjust
the animation curve. So I I drag more here, I have even smfer animation
at the end of disciprame, because the change of the
values is in the vertical axis. So if you have a more
horizontal line here, you have A is lower
change in the values. So A is momoer animation. Same thing I will
do with diskprema, will grab this handle
to make dis animation, even smoofer at the beginning. And here at this middle, we have the faster
party of disimation. So I will play for you
to see and we have gs. And obviously, you can
select your keyframes and you adjust your curve,
grabbing gs handle, and you are adjusting
the animation curve or the smoothing of the
animation of the zoo parameter, not only the zoom x, but the zo y and x, because the zoo x
is touch is linkage to the zoo y value
because of g chain. So if I change the zoom
x, animation curve, I'm changing the same way
the zo y animation curve. When we are done, we can close this graph key by clicking
here again, and that's it. We can make it much
more customized animations using the
animation curvis graph ky.
75. Repositioning Keyframes: Now, people, let's see here
how to change the position of the key frames
because sometimes you want to change the timing
of your animation. And that's possible. Only here in the edit page, It's not possible
in the Cutch page. So that's another
feature that we have in the edit page that makes ZT more flexible
than the Cutch page. When you have a key
frames applied to aclipy, those two icons appears here. Here. This one is the
key frame position. Icon, you will click in this
icon to see your key frames. Just a note here if your
clip is not Zoom E fi. You will not see
the keyframes here. You need to have some Zoom to see the keyframes, like this. So I will zoom M and Then
those are the key frames. As you can see for the
transforming section attributes. If we put another key frames from another section
of the inspector. You will see those sections
here with its key frames. You can just, for example, if you want to make it, your animation is lower. Let's play our animation. It's a very nice
thing to do to review our animation every time we make the animation or we
updated the animation. We'll click it here and the play let's say we want the animation
to be slower than Gs. I can go here and
grab g key frame, and we can see here in
this black ctangle. How many frames we are
grabbing the key frames to the right now or to the left g. It's shown as ***** v values. So I will put here five frames to the right
to make gs lower, and I will review
my animation again, and I have another chip for you. Let's say I don't want to always click here to review
my animation. Click here and the press space or or click it here to
play Then we can do. I will put the play hedge here. I will mark an Ouch
point by pressing O. I will go here just
before Sky frame me, and I will put another mark with the key, the in pointing. And now I can go here
in the playback menu. I will go to play around it two, and I will play around
it in two Ouch points. The default keyboard
charge Cutch for you there probably
is Ouch or option, and the bar But if short cutch is not good
for you, you can go here. You just see the name, play around two, play in chuci. Remember name. You need to go to the vents
of a keyboard customization. You search here for the name
of the comedy, play in hc. So you go here in the
sequence of menu, so play B menu. Then play around two. And here you have a comedy to assign it the keyboard
chart cutch that you want. You can click here, and you press your
keyboard chart Cutch. I use A, and then you save. Then closing. Now
I will put here in the Lop option to
Lupe my play backing, and I will press A to play
around the in and arch points. I can review my
animation in Lupe. One thing to know is that
we can change the position of our key frames here
in the curve graph two. You can grab g to the right to the left to change the
position of the key frames, but here you can change the
value by grabbing par down, and if you drag deposition
of the key frame here, can mess with the value, and that's not a
very good thing. So I prefer to use it. This key frame position is space to change the
position of the key frame, so I grab the key frame
and change its position. As you can see, we are changing
the same key frame here. Those are two presentations
of the same keyframe. Here, we don't mess with
the value of it sky frame. Here, we can heaven
select ky frames and grab all of the iprams at a
time two or more qui frames, if you want to change the
position of the animation. So if I drag to the left, I have my animation
sooner without changing the duration
of my animation. When we are done, we can
close all those spaces, our panels, and that's it.
76. Reversing the animation: Hi, people. Now in this lesson. We are going to make
a editing here, that I want to levy in this editing of the
elephant Ty line. But it is so important. That I want to show
you how to do this. That's about you reversing the animation by changing the
position of the keyframes. But if sometime you
come here and try to reverse the animation
by dragging the kyphrame. You can see that you can't
reverse the animation. The kyphramy doesn't
pass the other kyphramy. Same with GS one. So to do this, first of all, will make a copy of those
keyframes, I will select, then I can press Control C two copy and
control V two paste, or we can just hold down the Ouch key or the option
key and drag the key frames. And then we have a
copy of dis animation. But obviously, we need to reverse dis
animation now because we don't want the animation to happen between G key
frame and G one. I only want you to
have the zoom in here, and then it stops to zoom here. Then here, we need to Zoo Ouch to make the
reverse animation. To make g. I will just grab key frame two here
near this other one. I will select the other one. I will press control x
to catch that key frame, and I will press control V
to paste the key frame here. Now we have the opposite. As you can see, let's play. We have the zooming. Let's take out those in and ch points. I have press the Ouch x to remove the inn ch
points. Let's go again. We have the zooming,
then it stops, and then we have the
reverse the zoom che. So that's how we can copy and the reverse phrams
here in the edge page.
77. Finishing the Elephants Editing: Now, in this lesson, we are going to finish our
elephant drama qui Zoom Tine. But before I want to show you some optimizations
that we can do. In our workflow, some
features that we have in the edit page that
make it more flexible. So I will close here the bing list to make more
space for our timeline. I will go to this button that you open some options
that we have you. The first option that I want
to activate you here is the stacked Tim lins we have now some tabs here with
our loaded Tins. Because I want to change
between our new editing Tin, the elephant editing, and the last editing
that we had you, that's our reference Tine. So I will double click
in this timeline to load it Now we
have two tabs here. This way, you do not need to
go here to open a time line, you are here in the Mijapu. You can even close the
Mijapu if you have loaded the time lines that
you want to see at the time. And another thing to
make it faster to edit it here to alternate
between those time lines. I is again by going z button, and then in the vigoVw options. Are in g option, that makes the eclipse loads all the tumbinos in
each part of the vigo. And then I will put in g option, that makes it don't show any
tumbinos in the eclipse, and that makes the timeline load faster because the tumbinos
are heavy to logi, and I will make the same
thing for the other Tamila. We change here. This setting is individual for each telne I will go in this
one and make the same thing, the simple view
without the tumbins. And now if I change
the timeline, it loads much more faster. Now to finish our
dramatic zoo editing. I will see here what we have. We have a cropping animation in the top and in the bottom, and we have a gray scale image. It comes from a color image and then goes to a
gray scale image. We are going to make
animations now. We go back here to
our new editing. I will press to
activated snapping, and then I will go to key
framing with panel opened. I want my animation of cropping starting here with other
animation of Zoom. I will go to cropping, and I will pch a key framing the crotopy attribute and
the croppi barn attribute. Then I will go to diski framing, and I will crop topping. We can activate the
retain image position to make our cropping don't
be messed by the zoom, so I will go to this position, and then I will make
the same thing here. I will put 114, and we will open the
animation curve panel. I will make Mr space
to see it here. And I want the animation of the crop bottom and crop toppy, to have the semi curvy
as the Zoom animation. So I will select both
of the key frames. I will click it here to make
both key frames smooth, and I will plate
see what we have. So we have a The
cropping animation, but I will want to select gees. I will zoom in with
the atraar option. That will will make
more space here. I will drag more
gees handle to here, to make our animation smoofer at the eng and faster
at the middle. Again, with disciprama,
will make the same thing. I will grab the handle here. Will see what we have now. We have. I think it is okay. And now I will close the
curves animation panel. Here, I will select those
two cropping key frames. I will press control C, and the press Control
V two past here. I will make it the reverse
of the first animation. I will click in this one, I will press control
X to key frame. I will move it d12 here. And now I will pay Control V, the other key frame here, and we have Gs, the opposite. Now I will close this
panel and I will make the gray scale
image animation. I will again open Gs to
see our archy frame. I will position here by pressing any snapping,
I will zooming. And what I need you to make. That affects of a
gray scale image. In a solid color
using a compost mode. That's the color compost
mode. Let me show you. I will go here to
the effect tabbing, and then the generator. And I will grab a
solid color here in disposition,
starting disciprame. I will make it g size
from disciprame to D one. I will use it as black. Now we'll select it and we'll go to settings in the
composite mode. I will put it here. Color, so I will have
the blacky color, colorizing our clippy
of the elephant, and that's why the
elephants clippy becomes a gray scale image because
the blacky has no image, the black is solid color. Will will grab it
this icon here, this little fader that
appears here to make it the way to the
next cheeky frame, and same thing I will
do for this one, that's the paging and
pagoch of clippy. And that means that dis clippy. Will start to appear gradually. And that's why we have
a gradual animation of the gray scale image appearing instead
of the color image. And the same thing here. The gray scale image goes out. And the color image comes. If we don't use the
paging or phagoc, we just go from the color image to the
gray scale image abruptly. We don't want it, so I
will grab it s here, and I will make a gradual change to the gray scale image,
like an animation. Last thing that I want
to do is to make it a stronger contrast in our gray scale image
and to keep it simple. I will just create a new track
over the Video one track, so I will right click here
and the edge tracking. This solid color goes to
the Video tree track. I want to grab a copy of dclipi, over here, so I will hold down Auch in the keyboard,
I will drag it. I will trim dclipi to here. I will zoom out to
trim the ge of declip, I will press any again The
time I went to toggle, the snap will press, so will grab it here and
snap of the solid color. I want to patch g
copy of the clipping. The composite mode overlay, so will patch here overlay, and we can see that we have
now a stronger contrast of GS video because we
have the copy of the video over here
with the overlay mode. This technique makes
the contrast of the video strong But I
don't want so strong, so I will grab here the opacity of dsclipi
a little bit less. Then with this clip selected. I will press d to
deactivate and see what we had before without
a discopy of declipi. Then I will press d again to see what we have now
with more contrast. We'll make the same paging
here and the same pago for the contrast because
I don't want it to kicking so abruptly. And then we have a
gs. I will present. We have gs animation. Very nice, very good. Here in the g, we have
a Gs, and that's it. Let's plate to see.
Nice, that's okay. Now the last thing that
we need to do is to make the same thing for the Lions
clippy in the next lesson. But now we are going
to use a technique to copy all those editings
and paste in the onsclipy. Much more easily, we don't need to make all the editing again.
78. Copying attributes to other clips: Now in this lesson, the last step that we need to do is to copy the
editing that we have made in the elephant family e clippy to the lions
on the stone clippy. To make gs, first, we need to select gs
elephant family eclipy. Then we will press control
C or command C to copy gs clipi with all of the attributes and the
animations that we have made. Then I will click
in's lions clipping. But instead of
pressing Control V to paste the clip that we will overrite
you the other clip. We need to press V. A V is two pasty attributes.
I will cancel here. We can also right
click here and see the pasty attributes with the V. Keyboard charge
catch here in the menu. I will click here or press V or Option V in the M
Now I need to tell D venturies of you which
attributes I want to paste in other clip that I have
a copied from G one. That's no problem if I tell Da venturies of now that I want to paste all
the attributes. So I will click here
Video attributes to select you all the
attributes that we have you. But if you want to paste you, just some attributes and not others with the
select select you here, the attributes that you want. For example, the Zoom attributes that you have Animated there and the crop attribute with all of the cropping
options that we have, or we can de select any
of the options here. Then now that's okay, that's what we te here
to paste in dclypi, so I will press Apply. Oh, but before doing this, I will explain these key frames. That's an option for
the animation that we are pasting if dclpe
has key frames in it. That's very simple.
They maintain timing, we'll maintain the position, the absolute position
of the key frames. For example, if we have a key frame here and
another key frame, 1 second later in gs clippy. The same thing will be pasted here in maintain timing option. The animation will have
the duration of 1 second, for example, in Gs example, and if we choose here, they stretch to fit. Gesclipi has, for example, half of the size of dysclipi. A 1 second animation in dsclipi will be a half second
imation in dysclipi, because it stretches to Fiji. It will have a relatively
size duration of the animation in the clip that we are pasting
the attributes. In this case, I can see
here that the animation in dsclipi can be pasted with
the same timing in dysclipi, because dsclipi has almost
the same duration of gescli. That's the reason that I'm choosing the maintained timing. I want the same timing of
the animation for dsclipi. If I don't want to each if dysclipi is much
smaller or bigger, and I want each to have the
animation retime for dsclipi, I will choose the stretch
to feature option. I will apply to paste
the attributes. And now let's see
what we have here. Let's scrubby, and we have the same animation
for the Lonsclip. Just to see we have
some problem here if the key frame is the sizing. Between those key frames. As you can see, we
have made something wrong here in the
elephants clippy. I changes the value, and that's because
we have this message if it is something here
in the animation curve, it's curvag here, and
we need to fix it. So I will select gs, I will make it gs way to be linear here in the left g
curva here in the right. And the same thing with
g one, that's right. I need it to be curve
just in the left. So we have a straight line
here between those ki frames. This one, I need to change it to G option and grab a little
handle here. I will zoom in. I will grab a GS handle
because it's a little low. And I will grab a bit down. The same thing I will
do if the lions clip, I will click it here
to and this panel. I will select this one
and click it here. This one is right. I will select this one
and click it here, and I will grab handle, and one, I will grab this handle, and that's it. What we have now. Let's see. We have
Gs. That's okay. The value is not changing
between those two key frames. I will close GS and G one. I will just open G one and Zoom. I need to copy Gs solid color, I will press any two
activate the snapping. I will press ang grab
here to make a copy. I will position over those
key frames of the Losclpy. Now we have the gray scale image or animation here
in the Loscypy two. We just need you now to
copy the Lions clip over here and make it to be
an overlay like GS one. I will hold down Ouch. I will grab it here. I
will trim this party, two here, I will
press any e snapping. It's a temporary snapping I I'm grabbing something
and I press any. We can see that we have
the snapping activated, but it is a temporary snapping if I release the mouse button. It's not activated anymore. We can do it. I will select g, and then I will put
in the overlay mode. I will grab down the
postm the last thing, I will grab this phagen two
here and the phago two here. And now we have our animation, our editing, We just need
to change the anchor point. I will grab it here in
the screen controls. I will make MR space here. We need to select clippy and go here and change the position
of the anchor pointy. We can see that we have
a message with the copy. The copy doesn't
it goes together. So I will select S one to
copy the anchor point, and I will press control C.
I will select e12 paste to the chor point to
the I will press the chev then I will then select you all the
video attributes, and I will select the
anchor point attribute. That's the only one that
I want to paste to here. Then I will hitch
apply, and that's it. It's aligned now with
the clip in the bottom, and we have our animation, the same way that we had
in the elephants clip. So that's it. That's
the way to copy and pastat rebuilds in the page, to optimize our
workflow when you want to use the semi editing
that you had made before.
79. Motion paths on the Edit page: Hi, people. How are you? Let's see here in this lesson. This editing detty, we are going to work on in this lesson, and the next one. Let's play it. So in this lesson, we are going
to make this first party, to show you how to make
it the motion paths. Here in the edge page. The motion path is
the way to make it cv movement of any
element that we have. Here we have a B that makes
a ca straight line movement. So we are going to
use motion Pfs. Here I am in another project. I will change it to my English project to make
it from zero gs editing. So let's go here to
the project manager. I will go to my
folder over here. And then first project, I go to the P being, and I want is clip, the woman with Hatch horizontal. I will right click and create a new time line using GSClip. Will name it Little B. And I will hit enter. I can delete algo clipi
because it has no algae in it. I will hold the
alga to select only dclipi and press
backspace to delete. I will go to the photos beam, and I will grab it the B, my little B here to
the Ty line over here. We trin to extend my little B, I will present it to temporarily Snappy the eng of M B to
the eng of the clipping. I will select little B because it is too big
here in the screen. I will go to the options
re time scaling. We have the project
settings here that you just fuse the screen. Now, will use it for clippy. Instead of the project settings. I will use the cropping option. But this image of the B is big, is very big, I will make
it smaller with the Zoom. If I want to more preciz, change of the attribute, I will hold the Auch and
then I will drag it. And that's it, I want
the B to be G size, and now I will make it
the motion path of the B, the movement with
the curvge line. To make gs, I need to be in the first frame to
start my animation. I will activate the
screen controls of the B, I will grab outside of the
screen to starch from here, and now I need to put a
key frame in the position x and y. I will go to a frame
after this one disposition, for example, and I
will reposition my B. And if the screen controls
activated as we can see here, have now in here in the screen. G red line that indicates
the motion path of R B. We can go to the next frame
and move the B again. Don't click here in
the middle because it will take you to the
last frame, take care. So we need to click
here in an empty space, not in Gs dot. While we will click it here, G grab to make another
movement of RB. The crop option is making b2b of Set of the
screen control. I will change it here again
to project settings to make our B to be inside
G, our controls. This way I can see exactly the PF that B is
following through the screen. I will patch you here to another place to
another position. I will reposition
my B again, again, and again, And in the
engine here before the end because I want
to make the B two zooming from this part to
the engine for example. So here I will reposition
my b to the center, and now we have the motion pathy that we need you or we can work you on motion path to
make curva g. To make G, I can right click
in any of G dots. And I need to go to
the smooth option. Gee, I can have a curvage line and the
same finger will do for all of the key frames
of our motion puffing, to make a curvage lines. Now when I click in
any of the key frames, I have the handles to
configure our puffy. Here I have a gravity
the little B. I need to zoom in
here with my mouse, you will to grab little handle, and I can change the curvings
of your motion puffing. We can go to this one and make the same finger if I want you
here, I don't want to make To change only one side of
our handles, not both sides. We can hold control, and then I can grab you only this one and don't
move it the other one. Let's make the same thing
with the other positions. I will click in G one. I will zoom out to see
better what we have. I want to make it
here to be here. I need to zoom in to
grab it little handle. I will click in z one, and we can make it
those adjustments. In each of the key frames. I will make it in the jump
to the next two step in. Sometimes we need to zoom in much more to
grab the handles. I think that's a problem here working with
the motion paths. In the dit page. It is much more flexible to work with motion paths
in the fusion page, and that's why I'm going
to teach you about motion paths in the fusion page in a future lesson,
and that's it. I will price two fi my screen. I will play to see
the movement of RB. I will take out the motion
path day screen controls here to see better. Let's see what we have it. The movement of RB
is now curvage, not a straight line movement. Very nice, and I can make
another nice thing here. That is changing
the rotation of RB, to make it looks more alive. Not just A is t B, that's not so good, so I will go here, for example, and make RB two be. Then when I I come to point. I want my B two. Let's go to the starchy. I will patch you a key frame. Let's go to the next 21. G G one, I want you M B
to be zwa then in G one, I want my B to be sway. In G one, I want my
B to be Cerny Guy. G G one, G G. G one, I want you to be Guy. The last one, I want
to rotate g way, then I will put it
here and turn my b to the other side and here
again to the other side, and here again to
the other side. Will click it here to C, the rotation angle prams, to make it more smooth, so I will select all the
chi fhrams and I will press in the button to
smooth all the chiprams. Then we have gs. Or B have some rotation to
make it look more alivey. The last thing is to make
it the zoom of R B. F here. Let's say I want to just 1 second before the
g of my timeline. I will press to go to the eng. I will the select everything. I will press minus one period. Enter. Now with 1 second
before the eng of my Tine. I will select my B. I will right click it here
to change the color. I will change to yellow
to identify better, our B clipping, and then I
will p a key framing the zoom. And in the g of our Timeline, will press the left arrow
to go back in one frame. I will zooming RB. The last thing that I need to do here is to pch a solid color, a white solid color over here. I want you to have a
1 second duration. As you can see, we have the
chip there in the bottom which says that we have 1
second in the clipping. I will zoom in here to focus my attention to the
spate of the timeline. I will select and go to generator to change
the color to white. And I will fade in solid color. So we have g like a transition that I will do to another clipping by going to IG. In the next lesson, we are going to make
the second part of g editing to finish
g time lining.
80. Finding media in your folder structure: Hey, people out here with
another lesson. In this lesson. Before we finish the editing
of our little B Tine. I want to show you a very useful feature
that the Voris has. For you to find media in
your folder structure, that's a very good feature for your daily work
with Video editing. And also to find media that you have in your Tine
in the media pool. So let's see, I want to grab it songy that I have in
Tine to another project. I don't remember
where I have put this song in my folder
structure. What can I do? I will go here in this
Tmn that has this song. We have the name
of the song here. But we can right click
in the song the clip. An clip that we have in our Tin, we can right click and go to the Option Find mijapu or you just select the clip and press O F. I will click it
here in this comment The ints grabes me to the being where we have a dsclipi
and select dsclipi. And now I know where my
Clip is in the Mijapu, if I need it for another time line that
chion inside this project. We can also right click in
disclpi or any other clip. To know where dsclip
is use in our project. I will right click
it, I will go to U Then here we have the name of the tine and they
start in Tymkog, where my clip is
p in my timeline. If we had this clip
in other telnes, it would show here in the list. We can also see that we have
a redline under here that indicates the portion
of the clippy that's being used
in our Timeline. As you can see, we don't have in those other
clips that we have here. So if I right click here, we don't have the usage
menu option because Sklipi is not being
used in any time line. And now let's see
how I can find you gklipy in my folder
structure, in my computer. Because I want to use the
gklipi, in another project, so I need to know where this file is in my
folder structure. To the GS, I will
right click in Sklipy, and then the last option, the open file location. So my file exploder, we whopping with
the file selected. Now I have here the folder
structure where my FiO is, and I can copy my file to my other folder engine part in my other projects as I want. So that's a quick
chippy that's very useful for your daily
work with video editing. How do you find your files
in your folder structure.
81. Finishing the little bee editing: Now, finally, in lesson, we are going to make
the second part of the editing of Little
B time lining. The second part has nothing
to do with the little B, is just to practice more what
you have learned before. So I highly recommend you
to follow along with me so you can pause the Video to make each step in your dvt resolving. So that's the goal of lesson. If you have any doutes, you can ask me in the question and you answer
section under here, that I will answer you. The best way I can. So let's go. I will
putch it clip, the woman applying crm from the starch to g Sparty,
so I will press all. And I will press the F ten key
to pch in the G of my Tln. We will delete gt algoclipy by holding Auch and then
pressing back space. Now, we have Gs, we go from the B, totally whiting, then we
have the other clippy. But I want a transition
from the whiting, gradually changing to clipping. To make ge, I will focus
my attention on this area. I will zoo in with the
Achike and the mousy Let's say I want to t you
here the fay een from White. So I will grab it, solid color. I will not you grab you. I
will train you to extend you. I will press to snap it
here in the play age. And now if I put
it here, Fach way. Let's see what we have you. As you can see, we don't
have a is moth animation of Gs P jog because it's not
possible with this control. T Ma is moth animation. We have just a
linear animation of the opacity of Gs solid
color that is a white color. So I don't want to use
the Phagoc control now, I want to use the opacity
control in the inspector. I will select the dysclipi, I will go to the inspector. Then in the setting study, I will shrink it here my inspector to make
Mispac under here, and I will go to compulsi Modi to animate the
opacity of dsclip. Have a key frames here, I will delete those key
frames to make it again. So F g point, I will patch a key frame with a 100% of the opacity
of gs white clippy. And then here at the engine, I will make each totally
transparent to say 0% the opacity with a
new key frame obviously. And now I will open
g panel to change the linear animation to
a more curvge animation. Smooth animation, I will
select your disky frame. And I will press
this button to make it is smofer going
out of disky frame. And this one, I will select
and press this button. And then let's see
what we have it. Let's say I want this one to
go faster at the beginning. And this one, I want
to grab it here, to make it goes is
lower at the end. I will grab it. T, I can
reveal my animation. And we have it. Geez. I will grab. Again, here
the handle of this one. I don't want so fast, I will grab you so let's see. And we have it, I
want you this way, a bit faster at the beginning
and it is lower at the end. So I will close my panel, and now I want to animate the Zoom of Woman applying cream matching Paging animation. So I will disable
dsclipi by selecting it in pressing G to
see my woman clip. I will put you here in
the starch of dsclip. I will make it bigger. I have a message with
d one, d one selected, I will press Control Z.
I will select this one, and now I have it
in the inspector. We will make it bigger, I will puch, a key frame
at the start of dsclipy. And then at the enge of dsclipy. I will putch another key frame with the default
value of the Zoom. So I will double click
it here, to make e one. And then will will go to
the animation curves panel, to make each is
mofer. I will click. I will select this one, and I will click in this button, and one, I will click
in this button, and then I will select
you here and make it faster at the beginning, and slower at the end.
Let's see what we have. We need to reactivate the
solid color by pressing G, so will have this that's nice. Let's close it. The
next thing that I want to do is those camera
clicks that we have. So we will go to this party, I will make it bigger here
the zoom to see better our frame is to move one frame at a time with more control. I want to split my clipping. I will put it in this part here when the woman has
already applied the cream. So I will zoom again. Then I will price C or control
B to splitch my clipping, I will go one frame, two frames *** I
will price C again, I will delete dispgy. Then we have g s. It starts
to look like a clicky. We are going to make
it. Here again. Let's see here, for
example, I will split, go two frames fg, split again, and
the let dispare. Again, we are going to make
it here, some frames ahead. I will split it
two frames ahead, split it again and delete the spate by pressing
back spaces, to leave it the gap. I want to leave the gap. I will go back here. I will press the left arrow
one time, another time. And then I will animate the cropping attribute of
the topi in the bottom. I will go to cropping. And in this framing
this position, I will put a key frame in the crop topi attribute
and the crappy bottom, and in the next key frame, I will press the left
the right arrow. We grab it more or less to the middle or the
quarter of my screen. I need to make some softness
here to make it nicer. Say the shutter is
closing in my camera. So we have g. We have the
shutter closing in our camera. And then here we
make the opposite. We are going to make a key
frame here in the first frame. We need to pch here
three to seven, here, the same thing
three to seven, the softness, something like gs. In the next frame, we are going to make totally. And I will do the same thing
with the other engines and the starts of each of these
parts of the clipping. And then now that I have
made the animations for the crop top and crop bottom of each of the parts. I have gs. And let's say to make
it different from ds party to ds
party to ds party. I will change the zoom and
the rotation of each part. So I will select a dsc and
I will re o key frames. Same thing with disclpy. And then here I will change the zoom attribute without
any key frames here, I will just zooming and
the rotated dysclipia. If you see here, we are going to need the
retain age position option. Here again, with dysclipa, we will and then rotate
to the other side, and then retain age position to don't mess with our shutter. So now we have gs. Let's see. Then now we need to put the sound effects of
our camera clicking. I will go to Aug
then sound effects. I will search for camera. I don't have it here. I don't have it here.
I want another one. So let's impart it. I will right click,
impart media, and then in the Aug sound
effects, I will impart. This camera focusing in shutter, and then I will hear what
we have here. I want G one. I like the g one,
I will press I, and then here I
will press 02 Mark. In g points. I will grab it to my time line. Let's align it with g animation, and then let's play. As you can see, we
have here aclipi. That has only one channel. We can see here in
the information. We have one channel, that means that
dsclip is a ugoclip. So we can't puch a mono
udoclip in stereo algo trach. Because will play
only in the left. As you can see, or as you
can hear. Let's play it. We have playing
only in the left, so I will right click here
to change the track type two monel and now we have the algo playing in
both of the sides. Let's hear. That's it nicely. Let's copy it. I
will train it here. Let's copy it by holding lg. I will copy g two here and here, and now we have it effect. Editing. Very nice. And the last thing that we
need to do is to grab it. A four color gradent. Let's take out this search. T from here. Let's
go to effects. And then generators. I will grab this
four color gradent, to here. Let's see what we have. I want to start from here
when she makes satisfying fa, will grab it two
here. Let's press. We will grab it Fagan 1 second, and the fat 1 second. I want this clip to B
the compulsion mode, color with a lessopast.
So we have it. And I want to make it this
clip from this party. I will press to
snap to clipping. I want to patchy. A key
frame for the zoom here. I want to zooming ch here. Then I will make it
zooming at this part, I will change the
anchor point to focus. In her facing. I will
centralize her facing. I will right click in button of the key frame and the easy in two easily smoothly
my animation. Then I will make the
opposite at part, I will puch a key
frame here and here, I will puch another
key frame if one, and I will easy again. Then we have gs. I just want to make speedy change to make
is lower at dispat. So I will press control r to
open the timing controls. I will g a spit point
at this position, the starting position of the
fur color gray clipping. And then I will put another
speed point at the eng. And I want to make is
lower here at dispari. Let's say 40%, and
I will grab under here to change the position
of the g of dispati. And now we have g And that
C. We have Mj our gins. We can now put the song here. For example, I will go
in the Mija P Musky. I will search here for the
name of that song that I have searched in the previous
lesson. I will impart it. And here in the
folder structure, I have say in the Agios folder, Music, the good night Song. That's the song that I want, so I will double click in it. And now we will mark Ouch
point here just after the end of my time lining because I want the
Musky two end. A bit later after the
image disappears, so I will mark in Noch
point by pressing O, then now I will use the
alg trak to put my Musski. So I will select here the alg two track as the
destination tracking. Then if it this Musky select, I will click here in
the overri button or I can go to the
edged menu, then Och, or I press the FH kid that I have a sind to the
overach command. So I will press FH. To get used to the
keyboard church catch. And then I have my song there. I will use Paging the
starch of declipy, with 2 seconds and
the 20 frames. And then let's play our
timeline to see what we have here in the
ge of my timeline. I want my song to go a bit more, and then I will make a fajo
here too and that's it. Let's play our timeline
to see what we have. That's it. In the
other time line, I have MG a synchronization in this transition here with
another part of the Musk. You can do that in your editing. For example, you can adjust the of the motion path
of the B, for example, to make it faster
and to synchronize the transition with
this part of the point. And just another thing
that I have noted here is that when we have the ft percent is pig,
there is low motion. That's a good idea to use the optical flow option because let's see
what we have here. You can see that
the Video is not so fluid with the
de fool option, that's the near este. So I will open it, I will expand inspector here, and the retiming process of
gs clip with g clip selected. I will put here
the optical flow. So we have now a more fluid movement here
in the slow motion party. Let's see. Very nice. We have finished the little
bit time lining to practice, even more the knowledge is that we have learned until here.
82. Getting to know the OpenFX: Hi, people. Let's go to another
lesson where we are going to see what are open
effects and how to use it. Open effects are effects that
we can apply in our clips, and they are bating
the vent resolving. And we have many effects here. We will show some
of the effects in this section for you
to have the examples of using the open effects and to understand how to
configure our effects. And where can we find
those open effects? Find then we go here
in the edit page to the effect tubing and then
open effects filters. Here we have the open effects or resolve effects, as you like, that are the open
effects that are buting, Dt resolve it
because we can find another open effects in
the Internet to install it Here in the catch page, to find the open effects, we go again to open effects, and then in the video tab, we have some tabs here, as you can see, here, let's go to the upper part. We have effects, we
have effusion effects, but here we have the reserve effects that
are the open effects. Here is start the open effects. I will show them here
in the edge page, but they are the same effects. They are divided by categories. We have the reserve
effects, blur, the color, we have a fume emulation, and much more effects. We can even search
for effects here. One thing that's
good to say is that the open effects are customizable
here in the inspector. Once we apply them to a clip. They are animateable. Another thing that I
need to tell you is that not all open effects
are available in the free version of the
ventures so for example, let's see here some effects
that are not present, not available to use
in the free version. So for example, the ch effect. If you try to use ds
effect in clippy, you will have a water
mark as you can see, and to explain what
is happening here. When you hover the mouse cursor over the rectangle of a defect, We have a preview
of defect apply it to the clip that's under
the play he at the moment. So for example, this one, if I over my mouse
button over here, we have the light rays, apply it as a preview, just as a preview to the
clip of the ballet denser. Here we have the globe effect, for example, and much more. I encourage you to try many effects that we have
here and to apply an effect. It's just by dragging and dropping the
effect over the clip. Here, I want to show you
let's make more space here. I just want to show you
an example of effect, that is the blanking
feel effect. Here we have a
vertical clippy in a horizontal
resolution time line, and that's the
reason that we have the blanky bars in the
sides of the clipping. And let's say, we want to apply some effect to don't have
just black bars here. The effect that you will use is the blinking feel effect
that I will search here. I will put blinking
feel. That's it. It is in the resolve
effect slized category. If I put my mouse over here, we can have a preview of the blinking fiel
effect in dsclypi, and I will drag and
drop in dysclpi, to actually apply the
blinking fiel in dsclipi. I will close my search
to show all the effects. Now, let's configure what
we have in the inspector, the attributes of the
blinking fuel effect, and just an t. Here we have
the effect tubby that you are now enabled because we have an open effects
in the clippy, and you can go if you want to to the Video tabby to find the Video options that
you already know, and you can go back to
the effect tubby to configure the open effects that you have
applied to the clip. So we have here the
blinking few effect just to say we can apply man
effects to Acclipy, so you can have a
list of effects here. We can open the sections
of the open effects by clicking the name or we can close it by
clicking the name two. Again, I encourage you to try many of the attributes
that we have here. But now I want to show you what I like to do with the
blinking few effect, what configurations
I like to do. So I will go to the Zoom Mogi and I will change it from
stretch to timeline. Zoom time line. That only makes the clip
in the background to feel the timeline to fill the frame here under
the original clipping. And here in the few
appearance section. I will use this
blendy edges option. Let's see what we have when you blend it with the value one. We blend you much of the
clips, so I don't want it. I will blend just a bit, I like a geez way. I will blur the background. I don't want you so much
blurred like Gs I like a This way, for example, and the faja Mountie will *** the background with a color. In this case is the color white that's the color that we
have here, the Fage color. So I will fade just a *****. I will change the Fage color. Let's say I want you to
put some chill here, like some blue. I will it k? And I will just fade a
little less make chi subtle. Then I will go to the
drop shadow section. And I will hack the
shadow strength. Shadow is just a shadow
around the original clipping, so I will put it here. For example, I like g. We can
change the droppy distance, for example, the droppy angle. I will just not blur so much. G shadow, and that's it. I like it this way. You can try another
configurations here. Another thing that
you need to know is to temporarily disable and
open effects by clicking here. The same thing you can do here in the video
tab, for example. You already know that
if you click here, you can temporarily disable
the transform section. I have already
touch it to you and so the same thing you can do
here with the open effects. You can also remove open
effects that you have applied it to aclipy by
clicking in the garbage button. Let's apply another
open effects here, that I have tested and
it became very good. That's the globe effect. Let's search the globe effect here and the search magnifier. So we have here the globe open effects in the
reserve effects L category, let's drag it to our clipping. And then now we have you apply the blinking feel and
the globe effect. We can open each
of the effects by clicking the name and the
other effects will close, will shrink, and we can expand by clicking
the name again. I will change here
the shiny Trashold. We have Gs. I will
mess match with G, you can try this
glow effect too. I will mess with g is spreading. Another thing that I
want to show you is that the open effects can be
applied in different orders, so you have the list of open effects that you
have applied in clip, and the order of
defects matters. If you have the glow effect
after the blinking few, you have a final result L et's different from
the final result. If you have the glow effect
before the blinking feel, and you change the order of the filters or the open effects. You just clicking those arrows. So I will put the glow effect one position p by clicking
the api arrow here. And as you can see, we have a different effect by changing
the order of the effects. So let's see, again, we'll put the glow effect after
the blinking feel again. And we have gs and with the globe effect before
the blinking fiel. Have a different result. That's a first overview
of the open effects, and we are going to use
some other open effects and the animated the Open
effects in the next still essence to make it very
nice editing with then.
83. Transform OpenFX: So now, people, in this lesson, I want to show you
in open effects, that's the transform open
effects and how to use it. And I'm going to show you in the next lessons
of this section. Some of the open effects, just to give you some examples
of using open effects, how some of the
attributes of then work. So let's go. The
transform open effects, is at the end of
the open effects. We can find each in the reserve effects
transform category, or you can search for each. What we'll put the
transform open effects in this clipping,
in my time line, and let's take a look in
the attributes that we have you to understand you how
these open effects works. The transform open
effects is something like the transforming
of the video tab, the transforming section, but it has more options
and more control. It gives to you more control. So for example, here we
have almost the same thing as we have in the Video tab
in the transforming section, like the zoom, the position
x and y, the rotation, We have in a different manner, for example, deposition x and y. Here are two
different parameters, not only one like this one, and that allows you
to make animation separately because you can patch keyframes for
this parameter, and the other key frame
is for this parameter. Here you have the zoom, and you have the it t and
the height separately, then you can also
animate and adjust the zoom separately from
the wit t and the height, differently from
what we have. D dot. The Zoom X and Y works
as it and height, the y t being the x value, and the height
being the y value. In here, we have some interesting
attributes to changing. Let's take a look in
the image adjustments. You can crop gen crop. Like in the Video tab, we have the cropping options. But here we have the
edge round option. For example, we can
round the edge. It's not present in the Videotb. Also have the
advanced edge options that allows you to
change the ge behavior. That's a very good
thing that is not present individuo tabby.
So let's take a look. If you just change the
zoom here individuo tab, you will have a black
area around clippy, and you can change it here in the Divido
tabby. Let's reset it. Because the edge behavior here, is always the same. The edges will be transparency, if you reduce the
zoom of the clipping, or if you rotate the clippy, you have a blacky
area or better, it's a transparent area because if you have something
below this clipping, it will appear in
this black area. Here in the transformo
en effects, you can change it
from transparency to reflex, for example. So if I change the zoom here, instead of having the black
area around the clip, we have something like a mirror. We have your reflections of
the clipi, around itself in. We have your other
options, for example, the rep around that repeats
the clipa around itself in, and the replicate
option just replicates the edge pixels to the
edge of the screen. So if you, for example, rot or change the zoom, you always have
that edge behavior, and you also have it the global blende option here.
Let's reset it we will reduce the zoom just to show you the global blending. Let's change it here,
the edge behavior to reflect to make a mirror. And here in the blende option, we can adjust your animate these blende option to make it totally not apply
these open effects, or you can apply how few a
you are totally applied, and that's animable,
like I said. So the transform open effects gives you more control
and more options. When you need to
make transformation of your clipping here
in the edge page.
84. Drop Shadow OpenFX: Now, people, in this lesson. I want to show you the
drop shadow open effects. That's very useful to stalze your clips
and to integrate it better with the clippy below the clippy that you are
putting the drop shadow. So to use the drop
shadow open effects, I will go to my fotos
being because I want my little B over this
clipping, as an example. I will go here. My little B is here. Let's put it over here. Let's hold shift and turn my
mouth to make it smaller. So I can see better. My little B is actually
not so little. So I will click it
here in the zone Ouch. I go to effects to find my
drop shadow open effects. So I will search here
for drop shadow. Then I will put it in the B. Clip And now, as you can see, the little B has a
shadow around it selfie. I can turn off and on the
shadow to see the difference, and we can change here, the shadow strength it
becomes more strongly. As the name it says. We have the drop
angle of the shadow, we have the dropy distancy. If you want the shadow
just around the image, you can put the drop
distancy to zero, and you can change the
blur of the shadow. You can also change the
color of your shadow. So for example, it
started by the fool as black because shadows
usually are black. But if for some reason you want a different color for your
shadow, you can change it. So for example, if I want
you to patchy a blue here, I can change it to blue, so I can make my little be shining blue
here, for example. That's very nice. That's it. The drop shadow effect
is very simple, but very useful to integrate an image
with the eclipy below. Let's take a look in another example that we can have you. I will delete this
little B. I will make a copy of dclip by
holding ch and dragging. Let's say I want
to make it dsclip smaller here and position
over here, for example. And I can drag the drop shadow
to this over clip and have a shadow to esz the positioning
of dsclip over this one. So is the before and
this is the after. It becomes very nice. I can even use the drop gist and CI
zero again if I like it. I like it so, for example, and now we have
before G after gs. And just a thing two not
is that let's delete it and will delete the d clip and p d drop shadow in this clip. So as you can see
if you don't have any transparent area
to drop the shadow on. It's not possible to make any
shadow inside the clippy. So for example, if I change
the parameters here, that's not possible to see
anything differently here because the shadow is drapid only in the transparent areas. We don't have
transparent area here, so that's the reason we can
see any shadow being dropidy.
85. Video Collage OpenFX: Another open effects
that we have. That's not so trivial
to understanding how it works is
the video collage. So I will explain you how to use the video
collage and to give another example of using open effects in your
timeline. So let's go. First of you all, when I hover my mouse over the vid
collage open effects, I can see in the
viewer that we have four black areas in
aclipi behind you, and that gives us a chip of you what we can have
with your video collage. Can have it so four
videos or another number of videos in the foreground and another video
in the background. That's the reason
we have here in our time line three videos
because I'm going to use the video collage to
make a collage with two videos in the foreground and the one video
in the background. To do so, I need to put
the video collage up and effects in each of it eclipse
and configure it then. But instead of dragging the video collage from
here to each clippy. I will first put the video
collage in the vido above. I will configure
the video collage Then I will copy and paste the vid hoolag to the other
clips because as you can see, by the foe, we have four
videos in the foreground, in my case, I want
to make you with two videos in the foreground g and just one video
in the background, so we need to change
the settings. Now, this clip selected, I will go to the inspector in
the Effect Stuby. I will change the
number of rows to have only two vids in the foreground with one
row and two columns. Note that I'm changing a configuration of
the globals tub, not the tile stub. Then now I will go back and click here to give a
focus in my time line. I this clip selected, I will press control
C or common C in the MAC to copy the
clip attributes, and then I will select
those two clips and the press O V or Option V. Will select only
the plugins option in this window and apply. Now I have the vis
cology open effects in the three clips with
the sam configuration. Now I need to go
to the first clip, and let's say I want the
first clip to be in displace. Let's go here in the inspector, and I need to change this list from create background to create tile because I wanted this clip to be a tile and
not the background. And to configure this tile, I need to go to Tile already in the Tile
one that is this one. The Tile two is the second one. So I went one in the first tile. And then I went to
reposition my tile or my clip inside the tile
to center the woman here. So I will go to resize content. I will pun the clip a little ***** to the
center. And that's it. I I chit the clip, it will be yellow here because I don't have a
mark clip under here. You can feel free to explore the other parameters
that you have here to crystallize more
your video collage. Here, I'm teaching
you the basics of using the video
collage, how it works. So I will go to the next clipping to make it
the second tiles. If it just clip selectedy, I will go to the inspector. Again, I will put the
list to create tile. I will go to the tiles
again, the Tile te. This one I need to
be the second tile. So I will put the
tile two option. I will resize my content
two pin to the center. Let's see if we can
tut it down, we can't, and the third clip d clip in
the background is already configured to be the background
to create the background, so it will be the
background of our collage. That's how the video
collage open effects works, and you can feel free
to go to each of the videos and change the
other options that we have. I encourage you to explore it If you had, for example, a cool with four
vids, for example. You need to put each tile
in the right places, so you would have here the tile one tile two tile
three tile four. Remember that you need, if you change the number of tiles or the style of each tile. You need to go to each clip, that is a tile, change the configuration
to be the same. Or if you change the
configuration in one clip, you can click in that clip, copy the attributes with
a control C, and with V, pasted the attributes in the other clips and then
you need to change again the active tile
for each clip for each you want to be in the
right place, and that's it.
86. Adding music to the Drones Project: Hi, people, now in this
section of the course. We are going to make some new edge things in
the Drones project team. We are going to edge
Musky to the timeline, and we are going
to make animations using open effects in
the Drones project. So that's the second step that we are going to make
in this project. And just to say here I'm doing all the timelines
in one project, that is the first project. Because that's the
project of my course, but for your organization
if you like. It's a very good idea to make
each project separately, so you can make
the drones project in a separate project
and to make so. Just to remember, you can
go here in House icon, that's the project manager. You open the project manager. You can then create
a new project by clicking here in the
new project button. You give a name, you click in create and you enter
the new project. So, let's go. I will add Musky to my drones
time line now. My drone is from zero. I will close the inspector
to make Mar space here. I will press Shift Z
two fit to the screen. Let's go here to the
Agus being then Musky. I can double click in the songs here to
lodging the viewer. And then I will press space
bar to here the Musky. That's the Miki that I, I want it from the beginning. As you can see, I have Jimmy. They play By level
of the songs here in Da vinci because I don't want
you here in full volume. So now if it track is
selected, the song selected. I will pch pin here
in the timeline to determine t where I want
Miski to be inserted, so I will press O here. I want you to go t here. You'll create a new sound
track a new algo trache. So right click here in the d new trache and I
will perch as hystereo, because my Musky is hysterio. Every time you have a musky song you perch in your Ty line. It will be probably stereo. That means that it
has two channels, one that goes to the left sig, and one that goes
to the right side. So I will click here in hystero, I will perch and name
it to the trache as Musky Now I will click here to choose the destination track
as the Musky tracking. And with the clip selected, I will go to O Rach, and then my Musky is
here in the timeline, let's play it to C two here. Nice, I will putch a paging here in the beginning of Demski, something like 1
second, g one frame. V nice. In the g, I will make a ***
out of Demski ch. I went Demski g. Sometime
after the g of the image, so I will grab you here
t, a little *****. Let's see how much
time we have you after the g of the time line.
I will click it here. I will press is nappy
in the g of the image. 23 seconds, g and seven frame. Here, we have 27 so. We have 4 seconds of Musky
after the ge of the image. I will make the
fa out here until here because I want to
fade out the image two. I will put it M two here before
the fa ouch of the image. I want to make the fa out to start faster and
two ge mar softly. To make so, I will
go to the Dutch. I will grab it here
to make d curvy. We have a faster, as
you can see here, I will hold shift
change turn my mouth, will to make it taller here. You can see that it is faster here at the beginning
and lower at the end. Let's see what we have you. Are you perching full
volume here to see again? It's very nice to
me, and that's okay. We have our Mussky. Now we are going to
make the animations with open effects in the
next lesson. Hope you there.
87. Adding OpenFX animations to the Drones Project: Let's go now to make the
animations with open effects. And to do so, I will go here to the T line D. I have
already made the editions. Just to remember to have
those tabs of time lines, you need to go here and activate the display
tack the time lines. So let's take a look now. The engine of our timine, where we have the effects, I will press shifty z just to
see my entire timeline and to show you how to know if the clippy has open effects to it. We can see here in the
left corner of this clip, that we have the effects icon, that indicates to us that
dsclip has open effects, apply The other
clips doesn't have open effects because they
don't have the effects icon. We have open effects
only in dclipi, and I will take a look here, I will press Shift Z again two CH Marzom Oguchi
and Turn are Mozi. Will play until here. I have splitted two don't have open effects before
this part of declipi. So I will play to see
what we have here. As you can see, we
have some open effects making a nice edgein. We are going to open the
inspector and selected dsclipi to see the effects
here in the effect tab. And as you can see, we have the radial blur
applied to dsclipy. And the camera shake we will talk about the
camera shake later. So now we are going to talk
about the radial blur, and that effect is
the effect that is that some type
of Baching here, and here again and here again. And we are also using some animation the video tab
with the Zoom attribute. So let's go here to the drones from zero time line to
make those effects. We need first to find
the bits that we want. So I will in here, and let's go to the sparge. I want you those bits, let's zoom in here. I will press now shifty S to
activate the alga scrubbing. That means that if I scrubby, I can hear the alga. As you can see, to find
the bits that I want you. So let's hear. I want S Bach to make my edging. First thing, I will split
this clip in dispatch. Some frames before
S Bach by pressing Control R C. If you have
assigned the C key. Let's go to the effect sebing. I will grab it here from the beginning the
radial blur to diclip. Let's go to this Bach or just a frame before the
start of this Bach. Let's. I will patch a key
frame in the radial blur, and I will make it
somewhat more strong like 0.500 and so
To frames before. I want to make it zero strength. Let's go to the next icky
frame by pressing here. I will click here
in the timeline. To give focus, and I
will press plus H enter, to move my play HGH
frames to the right, and I want to go back
it to zero here. Let's see what we have it. It's nice, and now I want
to repeat that effect to the next bits that's equal
to this beach Let's here. Here we have. F. So here I want the effect
to be the Mx strength. I will repeat that process in each beach of the
Musky to the right. So I will go back two frames. We have the zero here. I will perch a key frame now. I will go for two frames again, and I will perch 0.500 and so. I will click it
here plus H enter, and I will go back to zero. And let's repeat that
process to each beach. I will fast forward
here the video to show you the next step
that we are going to making. So do this to each beach. And now let's see what
we have here. From here. I want to use you also the video tab to make an
animation with the Zoe, so I will go here to this Bach. I will go back two frames. Let's go here to
the effects, tabby. And I will go to the first frame of it attribute of
the Open effects. Then go back to the video tab. I will puch a key frame
in the Zoom option, and two frames Farg. I will make the
Zoe a Bach bigger. I will easy and will easy
in the first key frame. I will click here and
then plus H enter, to go to the right H frame. Here, I will go back by double clicking the Zoom
attribute to zero. A will easing key frame two. Let's see what we have it. I want some more zoom, so I will go here to this key frame of the
middle of the beach, and I will make it somewhat more zoomed and let's
see now what we have it. If you like our editing, Verna, will click here to copy and paste those
key frames because the animations of
the Video tabby are possible to
copy and pasting. So I will select
those animations. I will go here to
the Effect tabby. I will go to the
next beach where we have the key frame
of the radial blur. I will click in declip, and then will press
Control V to paste. Again, we are going to the next and next
and next key frame. I will click in declip. There will paste you
with Control V. Again, next next, and next,
click in D clippy, Control V. Again,
next and next next, click in declip, Control V.
Let's see what you have now. Very nice, we can do another one here at
the end if you like. I will leave it as it
is in that C. We have the main animation of the open effects using the
radiobler and the video tab, and we are going to
finish the animations of the open effects
with the camera shaky in g of your image
in the next lesson.
88. Finishing these editings with the Camera Shake OpenFX: And now let's go to
finish this section with the camera shake here in the engine of this clip,
with some animation. So I will search here for
shaky of camera shake. That's it. I will puch it here. And first, I need to change the motion scale to zero
because if I don't change it, I will have a motion scale
throughout this entire clip. So if you see we have
here a camera shake. If you like you can leave it. So but I want each
only in the engine. So I'll puch each here at the beginning of the phage alti. I will take out
the motion scale. So now we don't have any
motion of the camera shaking. I will puch a key framing
and to the engine. I will take out this
pati just to see the result of changing
the motion scale. So I will change it here, just a little *****
the motion scale. I don't want it so fast, so I will change the speed
scale without pch a key frame. Don't want you so tags. I will take out
the uti amplitude to something like
the pen amplitude. I want to some more rotation. Let's see what we have you if the phage again. We have you. G. Not so much, so I will change the motion scale again
to something like G. Let's see. Let's make it faster. Now we have some camera
shaky that's visible. I want you also to make
some zoom at the engines. We go here to the video tab. We'll click it here
where we have they start you off our Fach where
we are going to put, they start you off our Pach. We have a key frame here. No problem we are going to
leave this key frame here. If you would you like
to begin from here, for example, you would
need to another key frame. To the G to here, for example. I will make it a little
bit zoomag, not so much. I will go back to diskey frame, and I will right click it. And I went to easing and Ouch because I have
already Eazy g in, so now I went to easy out two to not take out Daz in by
clicking Daisy Ouch. I need to go to the
option easing and Ouch. And the next one, I
went to easy in two. And let's see what we
have you with the fade out again. Very nice. So let's see the entire
editing of Gs clip of the g of the drawn stim line without the gene to avail
our entire editing. So let's see, in full screen. Very nice. I have solve some problem
here at the beginning. Let's We have something here. Let's press any two
don't snap in here. Let's take a look in the effects if we see some change
in the parameters. I will press Shift S to
take out the alg scrubbing. I don't want to hear the algo. While I scrubbing now. Let's go to the video tab
because in the effects, we don't see nothing different in the
beginning of the clippy. And here what we see. Okay. We need to change the camera shaky
attribute of Zooming. That's the problem here. So let's go to the effect tab. I will open the camera shaky, and I need to take out the
Zoom two crop attribute. So now we have An problem here, we haven't any problem. And we need some zooming
here at the end because the camera shaky makes the clip shaky and we have
some black areas around it or transparent
areas to say better. So I will make from here, the Zoom two crop to be
02 here like a 0.05. I will double click it
goes to the def value. So let's see what we have. And very nice. And that's it. We have made the second
step of the drones project. I hope that you
follow along with me because the purpose of
those projects is to improve your editing
skills by making some nice editings with the knowledges that I
have a passage to you. So I always encourage you
to follow along with me.
89. Dance Project presentation: Now in this lesson,
we are going to see a project that is
the dense project, to show you some
creative ways to create animations
using open effects, composite modes, and overlays. So I will present you
the dense project. In this lesson,
but first of all. We need to impart
the dense project. I want you to impart
the dense project because I have put it in the
resources of this lesson, so you can download and
impart it in your project. So to impart the dense project, we are going to open the Mijapo. We are going to go to
the timelines being, go to an MT space, right click, and then
timelines in parch. You go to this first option
that has the DRG option. Then you go to the folder
where you have saved the dense DRG T line,
double click in it. We have the dense timeline
parted to our project, and probably you will
have some media lines. So you need to go to
your time line here. And if you have
any media offline, you will right click
in that media, go to finding Media Poo option, then your media will be
shown in the Mija poo. You can right click
in your clipping. Go to the replace
selectag clip option. In the folder, you selected
the media that you want to attach to that
offline media and then open. Now let's see our dense project. To see what we have here. Let's go. Will put it
here in the beginning, go to Fu screen, and let's see. So as you can see, we have
many effects in this timeline, that we are going to make the next lessons
of this section using mainly open effects with a key frames to make animations
with the open effects. We are going to use
semi overlays and composite modes with
those overlays. So let's go to the next lessons.
90. Applying OpenFX to the beat of the song: Now in this lesson, you already have
the dancy timeline imparted to your projecting as a reference for the new one, that you will make
it the editins. So I will create a new timeline. And to do this, I will select those two clips with the
people dancing and the Muse. I will right click in
any of those two clips. Then create new timeline
using salta eclipse. I will names D, and I will create. Now I have G. I can grab
Glip to the sparge. I can trim GS one with the Musk. I will press snap, and I will press Shift Z to fit to the space of my timeline. Let's ding the playback of the Mk to play with
a lower volume, and I will play g to
see what we have now. So as you can see, we have this beginning of the Musk
that I don't want to use. So I will slip the dsclipi. Of the Musk inside
itself by pressing g. Now I mean the t edged mode. I can go to dsclipi, with the cursor of the mouse. Like so. And I
will slip dysclip. At you, we have
the starch of the clippy with those
higher peaks of volume. I will hold Shift G and you turn my mouse wheel
to make it bigger, to see better the
bits of the song. Let's play in this part to see if those bits are the
bits that I want. That's not the bit that I want, so I will lip more. I want to one. Yes. I will patch here in
the start of my timeline. Let's say I went this
first beach higher beach, 3 seconds after the
beginning of my timeline. So I will position my
play Hg at the beginning. I will click here to the
selected the clipping, and I will press
plus three periog. And then itch enter. Now I me with the play HG
at the 3 seconds position, I will slip it clip. Until here. Because I
went to the first beach, to start at this point. After 3 seconds of the
beginning of the time line. I will make a phagen
in gs clipping. I will grab little
Dutch here to change. The shapy of the phagen. So here we have a less volume. And here we have a more volume, this curve of volume, not a linear volume change. And let's see what we have. So in this first beach, I went to insert and open
effects to make an animation, and I will use the open
effects Zoom blur. So I will go to effects
Open effects filters. I will search for the Zoom
blur, and it is here. So I will put in this clip. I will go to the inspector. Zoom in here in the timeline by holding Ouch and turning
the mouse wheel. And then will change
the zoo amount to make it more of theft. I want to G way, for example, and I want you gs to
be the max effect in our animation when we have exactly the beach of
the song that is here. So I will put a key frame
in the Zoa Mount here. I will tap three times in the left arrow to go
back in three frames, and then I will put the
Zoa amount at the zero. Now we have it g Okay. And let's say to the eng of
S Beach here, for example, I want the Zoo amount
to go back to zero, so I will double click
it here and put zero. Denne. So now we
have it g. Okay. Let's use another open effects to make our animation
even nicer. So I will search
for the Prism blur. Let's search here, Prism blur. I will put it in the clip. Then again, I will put my
play head here at the beach, and I will use it the
attribute, aberration distance. This one aberration strength. I will make each higher. I will puch a key frame for the aberration distance here at the Bach and also to
the blurry strength. The position of the center, I will leave each at the default center that is
at the center of the Video. Then I will go back
a three frames, and now I will puch the
blurry strength at zero, and the aberration
distance at zero. Two. Now we have this. Again, we need to
put until here, the animation back 20, so I will putt the
blurry strength. Choose zero again. The same thing if the
aberration distances, so we have it gs now. Let's say I want
you back to zero, before the other
one the Zombler. So I will position
my play head before the g of the animation
of the Zombler, that is about here. And then I will pch at
zero, those two parameters. And then I will go
to the next phm, and then I will take
out the phrams, and now we have It's always a good idea to review and
change the animation at your W, to make the best
animation that you can. And the last animation
that I will make it here is the animation with
the Dent open effects. I will search here for Dent. I will put it in the clipping. And here at the strength, I want some strength here, but before I need to change the type to a type that I like, that is the type two You can
see we have a defect here, the center of the image. I will make each bigger
to affect all the image. I will change each here. I don't want so much of gs. Let's see without the dentch, and with dent, I want you less. I will patch you a key frame here at the beach of the songy. I will go back in three frames. Then I will put the
strength at not zero because I don't know
why not zero for d one. A chip for you is that this one needs to have the strength at 0.333 to make it like the
normal image. Now we have g. Then at the end here,
in disposition, I will again put the strength at 0.333 to make the image to go back to the normal
image, and then we have. You can play with the parameters to make the best
animation that you can. But now, let's say we want
you to copy dose open effects and paste at the next bit
that is equal to d one, that is ds one here. Let's play. We always have
those bits repeating, and I want to copy and paste, those animations
at the other bits. But to do this, if
you click it here, let's go to the selection mode. If you click it here at
the keyframe button, you can see and thing. Nothing appears here for
you to copy and paste. And here, if you click it here, you can see by going here, you can see the
strength parameter. Can access the key frames
here to change it. But if you selected
those key frames and try to paste it in another
place for example, here, if I press control
V, nothing is paste. So as you can see, it's
impossible to copy key frames and paste when you have an
animation of the open effects. I will show you in
the next lesson, I work around you
to copy and paste animations in the other
bits of the music. You don't need to make
all the animations again and again and again. You just need to copy
and paste it after you make the first animation to make your working
much easier.
91. Using Adjustment Clips to copy OpenFX animations: Now in this lesson, we are going to know
the adjustment clips, and you use it those adjustment
clips to make cops of the open effects animations to other parts of our editings. But first of all, what's
an adjustment clippy? It's just a clip that we
put over other clips and make all types of changes that's possible
to do in a clippy, and those changes or
animations or effects. Will be reflected in the clips behind that
adjustment clippy. Let's make an example here. To put an adjustment
clip in our timeline, we go to the effect tub, then again in effects. And the first option is
the adjustment clip. We grab it to the timeline over the clip that we want
to make the adjustment. I will put my playhead
over the adjustment clipping and here with the
adjustment clip selected. I will make some changes to it. So for example, if I
change the zoom of my adjustment clip I'm changing the zoom of the clip behind
the adjustment clipping. If for example, I go and put
it and open effects here, let's put the mosaic
blur here, for example. It will be reflected in the clip behind the
adjustment clipping. If you will have a man clips under the adjustment clipping, it will reflect every
clip behind you, and if you have a clip
over the adjustment clip, it will not be
reflected in that clip. So the adjustment clip only affects the clips
that are behind it. If I grab the play HG out
of the adjustment clip, we can't see anymore that adjustment that it
applies to the clip behind it. We are going to use
this adjustment clip to make it the animations
with the open effects, the same animations that we
have made in this clipping. But just time, we are going to copy the adjustment clippy to the other bits where we want it to have the same animations. That's a very good work
around for the fact that we can't copy the key frames of the open effects.
So let's do it. We will align my adjustment
clip here to the first beach, that is one that I can
see by the wavy forming. I need to align it. At least the three frame
is before the beach, so I will put the play head
over the start of the beach. I will press three times to
the left, one, two, three. So we have covering s. I don't want to go
past the next bit. So I will grab it here to trim this adjustment clip before
the next ***** of the song. Now I need to disable the open effects that I
have put in this clip. So I will click to
select this one. I will go to the inspector
in the Effects tab. I will click it here
in this red dot to disable each of the open
effects in this clipping. Click again the clip to give a focus in the timeline area. Then I will just press Control C or comment
C in the MCI to copy the attributes of the clip
because I don't want to grab again the open effects
from the effect stub. I will click in the
adjustment clip and press O V. Just a quick and
G useful chip for you. If you want to select all the attributes here in
the past attributes window, you don't need to go
click in one by one. You just need to click here to select all or click
again to deselect. Now I will levy all the
attributes the selected and just select the plugins because the open
effects are plugings, and then each apply. Now I have the same open effects in the adjustment clipping. I will activate it then here. I will click in G zero
to reset the Zoom blur, the prismi blur, and the dent. So I have deleted the
animations that I had because they were not at the right place and I will
make it the animations again. Let's put the playhead at
the start of the Bach. Let's go back in three frames. Let's put a key frame
in the zoom amount. Then let's grab it
here to the left, to make it Zoom,
the prismi blur. I will put a key frame just
in the aberration distance. I will make it higher
the aberration strength. Let's put the
aberration distance. Bigger here in this key frame. I will take out
something of the blur. Then in the dent, I will
puch in the type two. I will grab the size all the way to the right
in the strength, I will put something
like this farting. And I need to putch
a kyphme here two. In the strength,
I have forgotten. Now, I go back a three frames
to the left 12, three, and I need to put the
strength 2333, enter. In the Prism blur, I need to go all the
way down to zero here in the aberration
distance in the Zoom Blur, I need to put the
Zoom amount in 02. A, Remember, I need to reset the zoom that I have made
here in the video tab, so I will click in zero. And now let's see
what we have here. I also need to make the facts
going back to the normal. So I will go again to the facts. I will put my play
age at the g of Bach. I will go to Dench. Let's change again
the position of the play age to update
the values here. Then here I will put
it again in 0.333, enter the Presl again, I will put e20
aberration distancing. And in the Zobler, I need you again to put
the Zoom amount 20. That's it. Let's
see what we have. That's it. The animation is made in the adjustment clipping. If you need to make any changes. I recommend you to make
changes in the parameters to see what will look better
for you in your animation, and when you are done, we need to make it cops
of the adjustment clip. To make it those cops, we need just two
in the keyboard or option in the Mach and drag the adjustment
clip to make a copy. Let's put it here in the next beach that's
equal to this beach. This one is different. I think that we need to
know is that if we click it here in this key frame button
in the adjustment clippy. It's not possible to
see the key frames now, but let's make the
other thing that is clicking here in
the curvis panel, which activated
the curvis panel. Now we can see the
keyframes here, to align with the beach. We align the playhead with the beach and then
we need to move the adjustment clippy
two hey Gs key frame aligned with the play hedge, that's aligned with the
starch of our beach. To make Gs, we can just grab
the clip if we want to. Or if you like, you can press coma or
pyog to move the clippy. One frame it to the left with coma or to the right
with pyog that's it. It's a linag We can click
it here to close the panel, and let's play again
to see what we have. And you can make the same
thing with this next *****. By holding out and copying, they are just matched to each of the bits that you wanted
to have that animation.
92. Making the opening distortion: Now in this lesson, we are going to
make it the opening distortion of the
clipping and the Fagin. To make e, we are going to use the Dench open
effects again. But I don't want all this time of clippy before the
first beach. Let's see. I want to cut
something like here. For example, I want you
the clip to start here. So I will press to
go to the trig mode, and I will grab it
here to tr dscpi and ripple the rest of my
time line, and that's it. I will go back to
the selection mode by pressing A. I will grab again paging of the And before making the
paging of the clippy. I will activate the dent, so I have you
selected the dsclip. I will click it here to activate again the
Dent open effects. I will reset it
by clicking here. I will open the dent. I will again use the
Type two option. Just a thing I'm using
the open effects in dsclip and not in
an adjustment clip. Because now I don't want to make any cops of the animation. I just want to the animation in the beginning of the clip. So it's okay to use it
here directly in the clip. So, now, let's make again
the size with the value one. Let's make the strength. Ngavi, like so. That's not negavi, but we know that our Dutch
tt tree is like the zero, so now we are pushing
the image back when we have a value lower
than Dutch tt tree. We need to push a key frame here in the beginning
of the clipping. We can also choose which
edge behavior we want. I like the reflexi
edge behavior. If you like you can
use, for example, the replicate or
the wrap around, the wrap around is not
so good in this case. Let's stick with the
reflexi edge behavior. We just need to go until here, for example, to
make our animation, and now the strength will put another key frame
with the value 333. Now to make the paging, we are going to grab this
thing here to the play gene, and let's play to see
what we have now. That's not so good because we need some easing of dimation, and so abruptly, and
to make this easing. We have two options. The first option is if
you have already sology, the Davin resolve nine chin
public i beta version. You can make the easing of the animations of open effects
here in the curve panel, the same way that you with the key frames of other
panels like the Video panel, for example, but we need to
go here to the beginning. And we need to click in the
Dent to show the Denty here. We need to now go to arrow
and click in the strength. Attribute to show the strength
frames here in GS panel. And now I will select those key frames and press
GS button to make it mofer. Now I will select only G one
to change the GS handle up. I will change up to make it
faster at the beginning, and then it will go declarating to the g of the animation.
Let's see what we have. It's nice if you can change the parameters and make
the animation your way, but I like it so. I will close this panel. And the other option, if you don't have the
da venturies of 918, if you have already
installed the Davinories of, I will teach you how to make easing of the animation
in a further lesson. Because in the ventors vihing, it's not possible to make the easing of the animations
of the open effects. It's possible for
the Video effects, for example, but for
the open effects, it's not possible if you
come here to discove panel and try to make g easing of the key frames
of the animation. In the ventores VHing, it's not possible, and I will teach you in
a further lesson, how to make it easing, using the fusion page
of d ventories ing. That's it. O animation
of the opening, the distortion
animation is done.
93. Combining overlays with composite modes: Now in this lesson, to finish our editing. We are going back to
the dense time line to see what we have here. And as you can see, over here, we have some overlays
like this one, that's the matrics
letters overlay. I appears and then
appears fades out. Here, we have another overlay
that's a glitch overlay. And all of those overlays, we use it with the compose mod screen that's
supposed to be used in every image or video
of the overlays that has black areas that
should be transparent, like, We have other overlays
here like this one, that's the same
thing as this one. We have a light leaky here. As you can see, if I z d clip. It appears to see what we
have differently here, and this one that I'm using as a transition between
those two sines, the Zoomeg and cropd
sin and the normal sin. Again, with the
compost moody screen. So let's go to the
dense editing time line to make it those editins. I will go to the overlay
being or better than Gs. I will go to the dense
material that has all those overlays separated
for us to use it easily. And then will grab it d one, the numbers overlay over here. No, Let's make it smaller here. I will put it from here. I will press I, and
then I want to here. I will create a new track
to put the overlay, so I will go here
in the Ed track. I will select the V T track to make eight as the
destination track. And with this clip selected, I will click in this button
to put this clip only here. Let's see what we have here. As you can see, we have the
beginning of the clip here, so I will slip the clip
to a further part. So I will press to go
to the tr addit mode, then with gs cursor in the middle in the center
of the clipa will slip it. I can see there in the viewer, the first and the last
frame of this clip. We have a problem here. As you can see,
mistakes happens, and here I have added
the clippy with the algu the alg has
overwritten our music. So you press controls
it do, and again, Now to put only dclipi with doubt the alga by pressing here. Can do g in two ways. One way is to close
the inspector, and you open both
of the viewers, and here I can load GS
and grab from GS button. That's the button of the image only over the viewer
of the timeline, and then overachi
with the V T track. As the destination track, or I can go back here
and the select the Audio one track to not have any
Audio destination track. And then with this clip select, I will click in overach press F H. Then we have only the image. Now I will slip the
clipping side itself again. That's it. That's good. I good start with many letters. I will make the
compassion moda screen. The posture will change
it to something like gs. I will zoom in Little *****, and I will make a paging and
phage out of the clipping. Let's see what we have now. But now as you can see, it doesn't integrate
very well with the gu, so I will make it from here, the starch and animation
with the Zoom from this value until here the eng
to something like 90 or so. And let's see now what
we have. We have this. It's better. I went to some
more adjustments here. I will use another open effects, so I will go to effects filters. I went to hear a radial blur. I will put it to here. I can turn nothing and on to see what
difference it makes. And I also went to the
Gausia blur clippy. Let's see what you have now. I will grab es Pagan and Phago. I will make it the clip more transparent here.
Let's see again. It's nice for me now. Let's grab the other overlays to other parts like this one, that's the glitch overlay. We can put here, for example. And three, I will
press any snapping. Let's say I want only this part, so we'll put the
screen mode here. And we have gs. I will fade you here. Now I invite you to
be creative and make the other gins that we have
in this dense timeline. As you can see, let's see here. We have some solid colors
here like solid color that I have here that I used with the composite mode
opacity of 43%. Can use an other
adjustment clips like it, one that I have used to make
some zoom and some cropping, as you can see, if I
disable this clippy, we don't have the zoom
cropping that we see here. One that I have used to
make some other editions as the rotation angle in the zooming and some effects
that I have put here. That's the same effects, the Zoom blur, the prismi blur, the D Here we have, again, some ch leaks used as overlays with the
composition mood screen. I have also animated the paste, as you can see, the parameter changing from the
beginning to the end. Here I have used that
transition that I said to you. This ch leak with the screen composition
mode as a transition. And what we have here. For example, we have some
copies of the clip here. Those copies are like ghosts that I have
made here and here. Changing the zoom and
deposition of the clippy using the screen composite mode and
the lowering the opacity. As you can see, we
have eO animated. If I able dS clippy, it's the face of the
woman in dispatch, and this one is the face of the woman in dispatch,
as you can see. So we have d animation.
And that's it. I invite you to be creative with those knowledges
that you have already learned to finish those editings with the dense editing timeline.
94. Changing the color of the styled edge: Another technique that's very
useful to do is to change the color of this edge because you have here
a greenish edge, and you can change it in the configuration of the
prismi blur open effects. And then I want to show you
how to change this color, because if you want to stylize, you have more control
over your edges, that's possible to do. So to change it this color, I will right click in this compound clip
then open time line, then here inside the
compound e clipping. I will go to effects
then generators, and I will grab a solid
color over the eclipse. I will position
at the beginning, and I will tri to the engine. I will press any to his snap. And this color, I
need to change it to the color that I want
to puch in the edge. So let's say I want to
puch a gi at the edge, so I will change it to gi here. Now I need to go to the
Serene Seb and change the compulsion mode to
something like overlay. Now I have this gig, nice. Then I will go back by double clicking here to
my time mill or I can go to my Tine Dp and here in this tech
Tins. And that's it. We have the result. The reg edge. And if we need to
change the color, we go again to this compound
clypio pine ty line and change the color of this solid color at
the generator tab. For example, if I want it to
be blue, I changed to blue, go back to my timeline, and now we have a
blue edge. Very nice.
95. Exporting your timeline to a video file with the Quick Export option: Now that you have your
timelines edited, it's time to export your
timeline to a Video file, so you can distribute that Video file or epilog
streaming service, for example, and
there are two ways to do this here in
the vent resolving. The quick expat option
and the deliver page. The quick expat option is not so powerful like
the deliver page, but it is like the Nm ss and easy and quicky ex parte option. So let's take a look
in this lesson. In how this option works, you can find this option here in the page and in the catch page. And even in the file menu, you can find the
quick part option here too. We will open it. And here we have s window with some presets that we can
choose to ex part our Video. As you can see, we can't configure the export
settings of your video, so we can just choose
a preset and export. The main preset that we have
here is the h264 and d, the h265 master presets
for general purpose. We have you also options
like the UTube VMO, Twitter, and the other
streaming services. Presets. If you for example, click here in UTube, you will be exporting with
the best settings for Tube. You have also the
option to plod you directly to D
streaming services. But first, you need to sign
in D streaming service. For example, in the VMO
is streaming service. I'm not signaging, so I have the option to sign in
by clicking GS buttons, and then we follow the steps that you
are proposing to us. Have you also do the
options to sign in here in the Davent resolving
menu then preferences. And you go here in the
Internet accounts and choose which account you want to sign in here in Da
venture resolving. So let's go again to the
Quick x part options. Let's take a look
in the Tub option. If I click in the
Apology directly. I can choose a privacy mode. For example, private
public enlisted. We can patch title
description, and so Here in the h264 option, and in the other options. If we click in the
x part option, we need to choose a folder
where to export our file, and then we click Save. So the vents you
will part our file. Let's take a look.
It's x parting now. It says the remaining timing, and that city will cancel here because I don't
want to x part now. Then when the parting finishes, you have your video
file in that folder. Another thing that's
important to see is that you can select a part of
your timeline to x part. If you don't want to party
the entire time line, let's say you want
to see the result of some transition or some
editing that you have made. So for example, let's
say I want to select this transition this part to see the result, and to do so, I need to go to the
beginning of the part, that I one and press I to patch and in point in
that part, and then the other part, I need to
press o2p and Ouch point. So now I have selected
the dispatch of my timeline with
the and Ouch point. And when I go to export my file, I can see here the
duration that I'm exporting that he is
rounded to 6 seconds. So I'm exporting only 6 seconds
of my timeline dispatch. I can also change the points by dragging the or I can go with my play hedge to other
part and press O to change the Ouch point
or I to change the point. When I want to take out
do in and Ouch points, I can press ch X, and now I can export again
my entire time line. That's the first
option that we have, that's the quick export option. And the last thing that
you need to know about the quick export
option is that you can save a preset created by you, but you need to use the deliver page to
create that preset. It can be very useful
to save a presetch. If you want to always to export with some settings that
are the best for you, and you use that presech through
the quick export option.
96. The Deliver page interface: The other option that
we have to ex parte, our timeline to a VGo
file is the deliver page. So let's take a look in the interface of
the deliver page, and how it works. So over here we have the first part are the first
panel of the deliver page. That are the presets
that we can choose that are more presets than we have in the quick
ex parte option. Here we have space
to perch a name and choose allocation to our
video file to be exported. Under here, we have
all the part settings that we can choose
to export our video. Those part settings
will change according to the preset that
we choose over here. We have also more options
under here if we scraw down. Here we have our time line that can be Zoomed in or Ouchi. So we can select a
pch of our time line. In the same way that we have
a D in the previous lesson. So for example, if you
want to select from here, you press the key and two here, you press the key to pch
point and Ouch point. To take out those points, you can just click it here
and you go to entire Te. Or you can press the tra X button the same
way as you did before. After you have configured the part settings
of your Video file, you can click in this button that's the edge to
render Qe button, to put a render Joby here
in the render queue. The render queue can have
many rendered jobbis, to render all a chance. For example, if you want to render many time
lines at a time, you can load a timeline here, you set the x part settings, you edge that you render
job to the render Q, and then you change the time
line that you have here, we have a list of time lines, the ten last time lines
that you have loaded you. You can choose your
time milline here. Or if you don't have it in
the last ten time lines, you can go back
to the edge page, you open the beam where
you have the time lines and you can double click
to open that time line, and then you go back
to the deliver page. Here I will change it
directly from the list. For example, will change it
to the transitions timeline. Have now the same settings
that we did before. If you want you can
change the settings, or you can leave each as the previous timeline
that you have added here, and you click in the
edge to render Q. So now you have these
two jobs to render here. To ones that three
ones that we have here are jobs that she
was previously completed. We can even click here in the three dots and
clear render G jobs. And we see here those two jobs, we can't put as many as we want. Now we need to select the jobs that she
we want to render. Click it in the render button. So when we click here
the Venturesolv, we will start to hinder
those VDO files, and we can't do anything else when the Venture solve
is exporting a file. Once it's completed, we can use the venture solve again
to make any other things. Just an important thing to note is that you need to change the name of the file before
you add to the render queue. Because if you edge
with the same name, you will be overwriting
the previous file because it's in the same
location with the same name. So you change the name here, let's say transitions example, and then you'll press the
edge to render queue button. Now you can select the timelines that you want to render
and then click in the
97. Finishing lesson and what comes next: Now we are finishing our
first part of the course, that is the video editing party. I would like to thank you
very much for staying with me throughout this
entire part of the course. That's very valuable to me. I hope you have
learned many things to master this great software
and what comes next. A saying better,
what's coming next? You can see that we are
hearing a different setup. You haven't to lose anything. That's the color
grading section of the course that I'm
producing right now. I'm preparing the
recording the lessons for About November of 2024. I'm going to release
this part of the course, that will be a full color
grading course for you, a very in depth
color grading course with color management, color correction, color grading. In other words, the full process of the color
puse production. But by now, we have
finished this first party, we have in many other parts to come that the next is
the color grading. We will have the V effects
part of the course. We will have the sound
designing part of the course that will be very
good too. I promise It states energy because
I will be releasing those parts in this year
and in the next year, so you can dive even
more in the vent resolving and learning
much more things. Thank you for your attention, for your trust, and if you
have liked the the course, please considere making
a rating and a review of the course at this moment because that's very
valuable to me too. Let me show you really fast how to make a
review in my course. Just need to go under here. We are in the projects
and resources tubby. We need to go to
the Review tubby. You go under here and click
in the Ovia Review button, and then you leave
review you save it, and then you're helping
me a lodge by doing this. And that's it by now. Goodbye.